Currently the stats filling function knows nothing about the caller's
needs, so let's pass the STAT_* flags so that it can adapt to the
requester's constraints.
For stats reporting it can be convenient to report floats at low rates
instead of discrete integers. We do have quite some precision since we
currently divide counters by number of milliseconds, so we can usually
add 3 digits after the decimal point.
We already had ultoa_r() and friends but nothing to emit inline floats.
This is now done with ftoa_r() and F2A/F2H. Note that the latter both use
the itoa_str[] as temporary storage and that the HTML format currently is
the exact same as the ASCII one. The trailing zeroes are always timmed so
these outputs are usable in user-visible output.
When using "%f" to print a float, it automatically gets 6 digits after
the decimal point and there's no way to automatically adjust to the
required ones by dropping trailing zeroes. This function does exactly
this and automatically drops the decimal point if all digits after it
were zeroes. This will make numbers more friendly in stats and makes
outputs shorter (e.g. JSON where everything is just a "number").
The function is designed to be easy to use with snprint() and chunks:
snprintf:
flt_trim(buf, 0, snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%f", x));
chunk_printf:
out->data = flt_trim(out->area, 0, chunk_printf(out, "%f", x));
chunk_appendf:
size_t prev_data = out->data;
out->data = flt_trim(out->area, prev_data, chunk_appendf(out, "%f", x));
Add a new proxy capability for proxy with load-balancing capabilities.
This help to differentiate listen/frontend/backend with special proxies
such as peer proxies.
Support experimental actions. It is mandatory to use
'expose-experimental-directives' before to be able to use them.
If such action is present in the config file, the tainted status of the
process is updated. Another tainted status is set when an experimental
action is executed.
Define a new keyword flag KWF_MATCH_PREFIX. This is used to replace the
match_pfx field of action struct.
This has the benefit to have more explicit action declaration, and now
it is possible to quickly implement experimental actions.
Add a new flag to mark a keyword as experimental. An experimental
keyword cannot be used if the global 'expose-experimental-directives' is
not present first.
Only keywords parsed through a standard cfg_keywords lists in
global/proxies section will be automatically detected if declared
experimental. To support a keyword outside of these lists,
check_kw_experimental must be called manually during its parsing.
If an experimental keyword is present in the config, the tainted flag is
updated.
For the moment, no keyword is marked as experimental.
This field will be used to add various mechanism to config parsing.
Currently no flag value is implemented. The following commit will
implement experimental keywords.
Add a global flag named 'tainted'. Its purpose is to report various
status about experimental features used for the current process
lifetime.
By default it is initialized to 0. It can be set/retrieve by a couple of
new functions mark_tainted()/get_tainted(). Once a flag is set, it
cannot be resetted.
Currently, no tainted status is implemented, it will be the subject of
the following commits.
The new function split_version() converts a parsable haproxy version to
an array of integers. The function compare_current_version() compares an
arbitrary version to the current one. These two functions were written
by Thierry Fournier in 2013, and are still usable as-is. They will be
used to write config language predicates.
Till now it was only presented in the version output but could not be
consulted outside of haproxy.c, let's export it as a variable, and set
it to an empty string if not defined.
Let's add a few fields to the global struct to store information about
the current file being processed, the current line number and the current
section. This will be used to retrieve them using special variables.
When the abortonclose option is enabled, to be sure to be immediately
notified when a shutdown is received from the client, the frontend
conn-stream must be sure the mux will wait for read events. To do so, the
CO_RFL_KEEP_RECV flag is set when mux->rcv_buf() is called. This new flag
instructs the mux to wait for read events, regardless its internal state.
This patch is required to fix abortonclose option for H1 client connections.
When channel_may_recv() is called for an HTX stream, the HTX version,
channel_htx_may_recv() is called. This patch is mandatory to fix a bug
related to the abortonclose option.
This adds the necessary flags to permit run-time enabling/disabling of
memory profiling. For now this is disabled.
A few words were added to the management doc about it and recalling that
this is limited to certain OSes.
get_sym_curr_addr() will return the address of the first occurrence of
the given symbol while get_sym_next_addr() will return the address of
the next occurrence of the symbol. These ones return NULL on non-linux,
non-ELF, non-USE_DL.
Implement a safe mechanism to close front idling connection which
prevents the soft-stop to complete. Every h1/h2 front connection is
added in a new per-thread list instance. On shutdown, a new task is
waking up which calls wake mux operation on every connection still
present in the new list.
A new stopping_list attach point has been added in the connection
structure. As this member is only used for frontend connections, it
shared the same union as the session_list reserved for backend
connections.
Move the session_list attach point in an anonymous union. This member is
only used for backend connections. This commit is in preparation for the
support of stopping frontend idling connections which will add another
member to the union.
This change means that a special care must be taken to be sure that only
backend connections manipulate the session_list. A few BUG_ON has been
added as special guard to prevent from misuse.
The purpose of this debugging option was to prevent certain pools from
masking other ones when they were shared. For example, task, http_txn,
h2s, h1s, h1c, session, fcgi_strm, and connection are all 192 bytes and
would normally be mergedi, but not with this option. The problem is that
certain pools are declared multiple times with various parameters, which
are often very close, and due to the way the option works, they're not
shared either. Good examples of this are captures and stick tables. Some
configurations have large numbers of stick-tables of pretty similar types
and it's very common to end up with the following when the option is
enabled:
$ socat - /tmp/sock1 <<< "show pools" | grep stick
- Pool sticktables (160 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x753800=56
- Pool sticktables (160 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x753880=57
- Pool sticktables (160 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x753900=58
- Pool sticktables (160 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x753980=59
- Pool sticktables (160 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x753a00=60
- Pool sticktables (160 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x753a80=61
- Pool sticktables (160 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x753b00=62
- Pool sticktables (224 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x753780=55
In addition to not being convenient, it can have important effects on the
memory usage because these pools will not share their entries, so one stick
table cannot allocate from another one's pool.
This patch solves this by going back to the initial goal which was not to
have different pools in the same list. Instead of masking the MAP_F_SHARED
flag, it simply adds a test on the pool's name, and disables pool sharing
if the names differ. This way pools are not shared unless they're of the
same name and size, which doesn't hinder debugging. The same test above
now returns this:
$ socat - /tmp/sock1 <<< "show pools" | grep stick
- Pool sticktables (160 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 7 users, @0x3fadb30 [SHARED]
- Pool sticktables (224 bytes) : 0 allocated (0 bytes), 0 used, needed_avg 0, 0 failures, 1 users, @0x3facaa0 [SHARED]
This is much better. This should probably be backported, in order to limit
the side effects of DEBUG_DONT_SHARE_POOLS being enabled in production.
DragonflyBSD already has an attribute __read_mostly which serves the
same purpose as the one in compiler.h.
No need to be backported as it was added in the current 2.4-dev.
Instead of being able to purge only values older than a specific value,
let's support arbitrary ranges and make pat_ref_purge_older() just be
one special case of this one.
Thanks to the commit "BUG/MINOR: applet: Notify the other side if data were
consumed by an applet", it is no longer necessary to notify the producer when an
applet skips output data. Now, it is the default applet handler responsibility
to take care of that.
Move cpu_map structure outside of the global struct to a global
variable defined in cpuset.c compilation unit. This allows to reorganize
the includes without having to define _GNU_SOURCE everywhere for the
support of the cpu_set_t.
This fixes the compilation with musl libc, most notably used for the
alpine based docker image.
This fixes the github issue #1235.
No need to backport as this feature is new in the current
2.4-dev.
The HTX functions used to add new HTX blocks in a message have been moved to
the header file to inline them in calling functions. These functions are
small enough.
A normalized URI is the internal term used to specify an URI is stored using
the absolute format (scheme + authority + path). For now, it is only used
for H2 clients. It is the default and recommended format for H2 request.
However, it is unusual for H1 servers to receive such URI. So in this case,
we only send the path of the absolute URI. It is performed for H1 servers,
but not for FCGI applications. This patch fixes the difference.
Note that it is not a real bug, because FCGI applications should support
abosolute URI.
Note also a normalized URI is only detected for H2 clients when a request is
received. There is no such test on the H1 side. It means an absolute URI
received from an H1 client will be sent without modification to an H1 server
or a FCGI application.
To make it possible, a dedicated function has been added to get the H1
URI. This function is called by the H1 and the FCGI multiplexer when a
request is sent to a server.
This patch should fix the issue #1232. It must be backported as far as 2.2.
In proxy.c, when process is stopping we try to flush tables content
using 'stktable_trash_oldest'. A check on a counter "table->syncing" was
made to verify if there is no pending resync in progress.
But using multiple threads this counter can be increased by an other thread
only after some delay, so the content of some tables can be trashed earlier and
won't be pushed to the new process (after reload, some tables appear reset and
others don't).
This patch re-names the counter "table->syncing" to "table->refcnt" and
the counter is increased during configuration parsing (registering a table to
a peer section) to protect tables during runtime and until resync of a new
process has succeeded or failed.
The inc/dec operations are now made using atomic operations
because multiple peer sections could refer to the same table in futur.
This fix addresses github #1216.
This patch should be backported on all branches multi-thread support (v >= 1.8)
The compiler cannot guess that tv_sec or tv_usec might have unused
parts, so the multiply by 1000 and the divide by 1000 are both
performed using 64-bit constants to stick to the common type. This is
not needed since we only keep the final 32 bits, let's help the compiler
here by casting these fields to uint. The tv_update_date() code is much
cleaner (48 bytes smaller in the CAS loop) as it avoids some register
spilling at a location where that's really unwanted.
The compilation is currently broken on platform without USE_CPU_AFFINITY
set. An error has been reported by the cygwin build of the CI.
This does not need to be backported.
In file included from include/haproxy/global-t.h:27,
from include/haproxy/global.h:26,
from include/haproxy/fd.h:33,
from src/ev_poll.c:22:
include/haproxy/cpuset-t.h:32:3: error: #error "No cpuset support implemented on this platform"
32 | # error "No cpuset support implemented on this platform"
| ^~~~~
include/haproxy/cpuset-t.h:37:2: error: unknown type name ‘CPUSET_REPR’
37 | CPUSET_REPR cpuset;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
make: *** [Makefile:944: src/ev_poll.o] Error 1
make: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
In file included from include/haproxy/global-t.h:27,
from include/haproxy/global.h:26,
from include/haproxy/fd.h:33,
from include/haproxy/connection.h:30,
from include/haproxy/ssl_sock.h:27,
from src/ssl_sample.c:30:
include/haproxy/cpuset-t.h:32:3: error: #error "No cpuset support implemented on this platform"
32 | # error "No cpuset support implemented on this platform"
| ^~~~~
include/haproxy/cpuset-t.h:37:2: error: unknown type name ‘CPUSET_REPR’
37 | CPUSET_REPR cpuset;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
make: *** [Makefile:944: src/ssl_sample.o] Error 1
Render numa detection optional with a global configuration statement
'no numa-cpu-mapping'. This can be used if the applied affinity of the
algorithm is not optimal. Also complete the documentation with this new
keyword.
On process startup, the CPU topology of the machine is inspected. If a
multi-socket CPU machine is detected, automatically define the process
affinity on the first node with active cpus. This is done to prevent an
impact on the overall performance of the process in case the topology of
the machine is unknown to the user.
This step is not executed in the following condition :
- a non-null nbthread statement is present
- a restrictive 'cpu-map' statement is present
- the process affinity is already restricted, for example via a taskset
call
For the record, benchmarks were executed on a machine with 2 CPUs
Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz. In both clear and ssl
scenario, the performance were sub-optimal without the automatic
rebinding on a single node.
Allow to specify multiple cpu ids/ranges in parse_cpu_set separated by a
comma. This is optional and must be activated by a parameter.
The comma support is disabled for the parsing of the 'cpu-map' config
statement. However, it will be useful to parse files in sysfs when
inspecting the cpus topology for NUMA automatic process binding.
Create a function thread_cpu_mask_forced. Its purpose is to report if a
restrictive cpu mask is active for the current proces, for example due
to a taskset invocation. It is only implemented for the linux platform
currently.
Use the platform independent type hap_cpuset for the cpu-map statement
parsing. This allow to address CPU index greater than LONGBITS.
Update the documentation to reflect the removal of this limit except for
platforms without cpu_set_t type or equivalent.
Replace the unsigned long parameter by a hap_cpuset. This allows to
address CPU with index greater than LONGBITS.
This function is used to parse the 'cpu-map' statement. However at the
moment, the result is casted back to a long to store it in the global
structure. The next step is to replace ulong in in cpu_map in the
global structure with hap_cpuset.
This module can be used to manipulate a cpu sets in a platform agnostic
way. Use the type cpu_set_t/cpuset_t if available on the platform, or
fallback to unsigned long, which limits de facto the maximum cpu index
to LONGBITS.
As we now embed the library we don't need to support the older 1.0 API
any more, so we can remove the explicit calls to slz_make_crc_table()
and slz_prepare_dist_table().
Now that SLZ is merged, let's update the makefile and compression
files to use it. As a result, SLZ_INC and SLZ_LIB are neither defined
nor used anymore.
USE_SLZ is enabled by default ("USE_SLZ=default") and can be disabled
by passing "USE_SLZ=" or by enabling USE_ZLIB=1.
The doc was updated to reflect the changes.
SLZ is rarely packaged by distros and there have been complaints about
the CPU and memory usage of ZLIB, leading to some suggestions to better
address the issue by simply integrating SLZ into the tree (just 3 files).
See discussions below:
https://www.mail-archive.com/haproxy@formilux.org/msg38037.htmlhttps://www.mail-archive.com/haproxy@formilux.org/msg40079.htmlhttps://www.mail-archive.com/haproxy@formilux.org/msg40365.html
This patch does just this, after minor adjustments to these files:
- tables.h was renamed to slz-tables.h
- tables.h had the precomputed tables removed since not used here
- slz.c uses includes <import/slz*> instead of "slz*.h"
The slz commit imported here was b06c172 ("slz: avoid a build warning
with -Wimplicit-fallthrough"). No other change was performed either to
SLZ nor to haproxy at this point so that this operation may be replicated
if needed for a future version.
This normalizer removes "/./" segments from the path component.
Usually the dot refers to the current directory which renders those segments redundant.
See GitHub Issue #714.
The current "ADD" vs "ADDQ" is confusing because when thinking in terms
of appending at the end of a list, "ADD" naturally comes to mind, but
here it does the opposite, it inserts. Several times already it's been
incorrectly used where ADDQ was expected, the latest of which was a
fortunate accident explained in 6fa922562 ("CLEANUP: stream: explain
why we queue the stream at the head of the server list").
Let's use more explicit (but slightly longer) names now:
LIST_ADD -> LIST_INSERT
LIST_ADDQ -> LIST_APPEND
LIST_ADDED -> LIST_INLIST
LIST_DEL -> LIST_DELETE
The same is true for MT_LISTs, including their "TRY" variant.
LIST_DEL_INIT keeps its short name to encourage to use it instead of the
lazier LIST_DELETE which is often less safe.
The change is large (~674 non-comment entries) but is mechanical enough
to remain safe. No permutation was performed, so any out-of-tree code
can easily map older names to new ones.
The list doc was updated.
Amaury noticed that I managed to break the build of DEBUG_FAIL_ALLOC
for the second time with 207c09509 ("MINOR: pools: move the fault
injector to __pool_alloc()"). The joy of endlessly reworking patch
sets... No backport is needed, that was in the just merged cleanup
series.
By having a pair of dummy pool_get_from_cache() and pool_put_to_cache()
we can remove some ugly ifdefs, so let's do this. We've already done it
for the shared cache.
This function has become too big (251 bytes) and is now hurting
performance a lot, with up to 4% request rate being lost over the last
pool changes. Let's move it to pool.c as a regular function. Other
attempts were made to cut it in half but it's still inefficient. Doing
this results in saving ~90kB of object code, and even 112kB since the
pool changes, with code that is even slightly faster!
Conversely, pool_get_from_cache(), which remains half of this size, is
still faster inlined, likely in part due to the immediate use of the
returned pointer afterwards.
Since pool_get_from_cache() and pool_put_to_cache() were now only wrappers
to the local cache versions which do all the job, let's merge them together
so that there is no more local-cache specific function.
Now when pool_get_from_local_cache() fails, it automatically falls back
to pool_get_from_shared_cache(), which used to always be done in
pool_get_from_cache(). Thus now the API is simpler as we always allocate
and free from/to the local caches.
Till now it used to call it only if there were not too many objects into
the local cache otherwise would send the latest one directly into the
shared cache. Now it always sends to the local cache and it's up to the
local cache to free its oldest objects. From a cache freshness perspective
it's better this way since we always evict cold objects instead of hot
ones. From an API perspective it's better because it will help make the
shared cache invisible to the public API.
These two functions are now responsible for allocating directly from
the cache and releasing to the cache.
Now the pool_alloc() function simply does this:
if cache enabled
return pool_alloc_from_cache() if no NULL
return pool_alloc_nocache() otherwise
and the pool_free() function does this:
if cache enabled
pool_put_to_cache()
else
pool_free_nocache()
For now this only introduces these two functions without changing anything
else, but the goal is to soon allow to make them implementation-specific.
Continuing the unification of local and shared pools, now the usage of
pools is governed by CONFIG_HAP_POOLS without which allocations and
releases are performed directly from the OS using pool_alloc_nocache()
and pool_free_nocache().
There are two levels of freeing to the OS:
- code that wants to keep the pool's usage counters updated uses
pool_free_area() and handles the counters itself. That's what
pool_put_to_shared_cache() does in the no-global-pools case.
- code that does not want to update the counters because they were
already updated only calls pool_free_area().
Let's extract these calls to establish the symmetry with pool_get_from_os()
and pool_alloc_nocache(), resulting in pool_put_to_os() (which only updates
the allocated counter) and pool_free_nocache() (which also updates the used
counter). This will later allow to simplify the generic code.
Calling pool_free_area() inside a lock in pool_put_to_shared_cache() is
a very bad idea. Fortunately this only happens on the lowest end platforms
which almost never use threads or in very small counts.
This change consists in zeroing the pointer once already released to the
cache in the first test so that the second stage knows if it needs to
pass it to the OS or not. This has slightly reduced the length of the
A part of the code cannot be factored out because it still uses non-atomic
inc/dec for pool->used and pool->allocated as these are located under the
pool's lock. While it can make sense in terms of bus cycles, it does not
make sense in terms of code normalization. Further, some operations were
still performed under a lock that could be totally removed via the use of
atomic ops.
There is still one occurrence in pool_put_to_shared_cache() in the locked
code where pool_free_area() is called under the lock, which must absolutely
be fixed.
Now there's one part dealing with the allocation itself and keeping
counters up to date, and another one on top of it to return such an
allocated pointer to the user and update the use count and stats.
This is in anticipation for being able to group cache-related parts.
The release code is still done at once.
Till now it was limited to objects allocated from the OS which means
it had little use as soon as pools were enabled. Let's move it upper
in the layers so that any code can benefit from fault injection. In
addition this allows to pass a new flag POOL_F_NO_FAIL to disable it
if some callers prefer a no-failure approach.
Now the multi-level cache becomes more visible:
pool_get_from_local_cache()
pool_put_to_local_cache()
pool_get_from_shared_cache()
pool_put_to_shared_cache()
The functions were rightfully called from/to_cache when the thread-local
cache was considered as the only cache, but this is getting terribly
confusing. Let's call them from/to local_cache to make it clear that
it is not related with the shared cache.
As a side note, since pool_evict_from_cache() used not to work for a
particular pool but for all of them at once, it was renamed to
pool_evict_from_local_caches() (plural form).
This is exactly what it is, the entry is retrieved from the shared
cache when it is defined. The implementation that is enabled with
CONFIG_HAP_NO_GLOBAL_POOLS continues to return NULL.
Now that __pool_alloc() only surrounds __pool_get_first() with the lock,
let's move it to the only variant that requires it and remove the ugly
ifdefs from the function. This is safe because nobody else calls this
function.
In __pool_alloc(), historically we used to use factor out the
pool's lock between __pool_get_first() and __pool_refill_alloc(),
resulting in real malloc() or mmap() calls being performed under
the pool lock (for platforms using the locked shared pools).
As this is not needed anymore, let's move the call out of the
lock, it may improve allocation patterns on some platforms. This
also makes __pool_alloc() cleaner as we see a first attempt to
allocate from the local cache, then a second from the shared
cache then a reall allocation.
They were strictly equivalent, let's remerge them and rename them to
pool_alloc_nocache() as it's the call which performs a real allocation
which does not check nor update the cache. The only difference in the
past was the former taking the lock and not the second but now the lock
is not needed anymore at this stage since the pool's list is not touched.
In addition, given that the "avail" argument is no longer used by the
function nor by its callers, let's drop it.
This is a first step towards unifying all the fallback code. Right now
these two functions are the only ones which do not update the needed_avg
rate counter since there's currently no shared pool kept when using them.
But their code is similar to what could be used everywhere except for
this one, so let's make them capable of maintaining usage statistics.
As a side effect the needed field in "show pools" will now be populated.
The mem_should_fail() call enabled by DEBUG_FAIL_ALLOC used to be placed
only in the no-cache version of the allocator. Now we can generalize it
to all modes and remove the exclusive test on CONFIG_HAP_NO_GLOBAL_POOLS.
We're going to make the local pool always present unless pools are
completely disabled. This means that pools are always enabled by
default, regardless of the use of threads. Let's drop this notion
of "local" pools and make it just "pool". The equivalent debug
option becomes DEBUG_NO_POOLS instead of DEBUG_NO_LOCAL_POOLS.
For now this changes nothing except the option and dropping the
dependency on USE_THREAD.
Initially per-thread pool caches were stored into a fixed-size array.
But this was a bit ugly because the last allocated pools were not able
to benefit from the cache at all. As a work around to preserve
performance, a size of 64 cacheable pools was set by default (there
are 51 pools at the moment, excluding any addon and debugging code),
so all in-tree pools were covered, at the expense of higher memory
usage.
In addition an index had to be calculated for each pool, and was used
to acces the pool cache head into that array. The pool index was not
even stored into the pools so it was required to determine it to access
the cache when the pool was already known.
This patch changes this by moving the pool cache head into the pool
head itself. This way it is certain that each pool will have its own
cache. This removes the need for index calculation.
The pool cache head is 32 bytes long so it was aligned to 64B to avoid
false sharing between threads. The extra cost is not huge (~2kB more
per pool than before), and we'll make better use of that space soon.
The pool cache head contains the size, which should probably be removed
since it's already in the pool's head.
In commit fb117e6a8 ("MEDIUM: memory: don't let pool_put_to_cache() free
the objects itself") pool_evict_from_cache() was introduced with no
argument, yet the only call place passes it the pool, the pointer and
the index number!
Let's remove these as they even let the reader think that the function
does something specific to the current pool while it's not the case.
This patch renames all existing uri-normalizers into a more consistent naming
scheme:
1. The part of the URI that is being touched.
2. The modification being performed as an explicit verb.
This normalizer merges `../` path segments with the predecing segment, removing
both the preceding segment and the `../`.
Empty segments do not receive special treatment. The `merge-slashes` normalizer
should be executed first.
See GitHub Issue #714.
When a thread ends its harmeless period, we must only consider running
threads when testing threads_want_rdv_mask mask. To do so, we reintroduce
all_threads_mask mask in the bitwise operation (It was removed to fix a
deadlock).
Note that for now it is useless because there is no way to stop threads or
to have threads reserved for another task. But it is safer this way to avoid
bugs in the future.
A previous patch was pushed to fix a deadlock when an isolated thread ends
its harmless period (a9a9e9aac ["BUG/MEDIUM: thread: Fix a deadlock if an
isolated thread is marked as harmless"]). But, unfortunately, the fix is
incomplete. The same must be done in the outer loop, in
thread_harmless_end() function. The current thread must be ignored when
threads_want_rdv_mask mask is tested.
This patch must also be backported as far as 2.0.
This library is required for the subsequent patch which adds
the JSON query possibility.
It is necessary to change the include statement in "src/mjson.c"
because the imported includes in haproxy are in "include/import"
orig: #include "mjson.h"
new: #include <import/mjson.h>
ub64dec and ub64enc are the base64url equivalent of b64dec and base64
converters. base64url encoding is the "URL and Filename Safe Alphabet"
variant of base64 encoding. It is also used in in JWT (JSON Web Token)
standard.
RFC1421 mention in base64.c file is deprecated so it was replaced with
RFC4648 to which existing converters, base64/b64dec, still apply.
Example:
HAProxy:
http-request return content-type text/plain lf-string %[req.hdr(Authorization),word(2,.),ub64dec]
Client:
Token=eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiIsInR5cCI6IkpXVCJ9.eyJ1c2VyIjoiZm9vIiwia2V5IjoiY2hhZTZBaFhhaTZlIn0.5VsVj7mdxVvo1wP5c0dVHnr-S_khnIdFkThqvwukmdg
$ curl -H "Authorization: Bearer ${TOKEN}" http://haproxy.local
{"user":"foo","key":"chae6AhXai6e"}
Allocation error are now handled in bind_conf_alloc() functions. Thus
callers, when not already done, are also updated to catch NULL return value.
This patch may be backported (at least partially) to all stable
versions. However, it only fix errors durung configuration parsing. Thus it
is not mandatory.
Add the trace support for the checks. Only tcp-check based health-checks are
supported, including the agent-check.
In traces, the first argument is always a check object. So it is easy to get
all info related to the check. The tcp-check ruleset, the conn-stream and
the connection, the server state...
Olivier spotted that I messed up during a rebase of commit 92c059c2a
("MINOR: atomic: implement native BTS/BTR for x86"), losing the x86
version of the BTS/BTR and leaving the generic version for it instead
of having this block in the #else. Since this variant is not used for
now it was easy to overlook it. Let's re-implement it here.
The time initialization was made a bit complex because we rely on a
dummy negative argument to reset all fields, leaving no distinction
between process-level initialization and thread-level initialization.
This patch changes this by introducing two functions, one for the
process and the second one for the threads. This removes ambigous
test and makes sure that the relevant fields are always initialized
exactly once. This also offers a better solution to the bug fixed in
commit b48e7c001 ("BUG/MEDIUM: time: make sure to always initialize
the global tick") as there is no more special values for global_now_ms.
It's simple enough to be backported if any other time-related issues
are encountered in stable versions in the future.
It was only used by freq_ctr and is not used anymore. In addition the
local curr_sec_ms was removed, as well as the equivalent extern
definitions which did not exist anymore either.
update_freq_ctr_period() was still not very clean and didn't wait for
the rotation lock to be dropped before trying again, thus maintaining
the contention at a high level. In addition, the rotation update was
made in three steps, which are not very efficient in terms of bus
cycles.
Here the wait loop was reworked so that the fast path remains short
and that the contended path waits for the lock to be dropped before
attempting another write, but it only waits a relax cycle before
attempting a read. The rotation block was simplified to remove a
test that was already validated by the first loop, and so that the
retrieval of the current period, its reset and its increment are all
performed in a single atomic op and the store to the previous period
is performed immediately after.
All this results in significantly smaller code for the inline function
(~1kB total) and a shorter critical path.
When counters are rotated, there is contention between the threads which
can slow down the operation of the thread performing the rotation. Let's
apply a cpu_relax there to let the first thread finish faster.
It remains cumbersome to preserve two versions of the freq counters and
two different internal clocks just for this. In addition, the savings
from using two different mechanisms are not that important as the only
saving is a divide that is replaced by a multiply, but now thanks to
the freq_ctr_total() unificaiton the code could also be simplified to
optimize it in case of constants.
This patch turns all non-period freq_ctr functions to static inlines
which call the period-based ones with a period of 1 second. A direct
benefit is that a single internal clock is now needed for any counter
and that they now all rely on ticks.
These 1-second counters are essentially used to report request rates
and to enforce a connection rate limitation in listeners. It was
verified that these continue to work like before.
Both structures are identical except the name of the field starting
the period and its description. Let's call them all freq_ctr and the
period's start "curr_tick" which is generic.
This is only a temporary change and fields are expected to remain
the same with no code change (verified).
There was still no function to compute a wait time for periods, let's
implement it on top of freq_ctr_total() as we'll soon need it for the
per-second one. The divide here is applied on the frequency so that it
will be replaced with a reciprocal multiply when constant.
This one is the easiest to implement, it just requires a call and a
divide of the result. Anti-flapping correction for low-rates was
preserved.
Now calls using a constant period will be able to use a reciprocal
multiply for the period instead of a divide.
Most of the functions designed to read a counter over a period go through
the same complex loop and only differ in the way they use the returned
values, so it was worth implementing all this into freq_ctr_total() which
returns the total number of events over a period so that the caller can
finish its operation using a divide or a remaining time calculation. As
a special case, read_freq_ctr_period() doesn't take pending events but
requires to enable an anti-flapping correction at very low frequencies.
Thus the function implements it when pend<0.
Thanks to this function it will be possible to reimplement the other ones
as inline and merge the per-second ones with the arbitrary period ones
without always adding the cost of a 64 bit divide.
Some variables are mostly read (mostly pointers) but they tend to be
merged with other ones in the same cache line, slowing their access down
in multi-thread setups. This patch declares an empty, aligned variable
in a section called "read_mostly". This will force a cache-line alignment
on this section so that any variable declared in it will be certain to
avoid false sharing with other ones. The section will be eliminated at
link time if not used.
A __read_mostly attribute was added to compiler.h to ease use of this
section.
HA_SECTION() is used as an attribute to force a section name. This is
required because OSX prepends "__DATA, " in front of the declaration.
HA_SECTION_START() and HA_SECTION_STOP() are used as post-attribute on
variable declaration to designate the section start/end (needed only on
OSX, empty on others).
For platforms with an obsolete linker, all macros are left empty. It would
possibly still work on some of them but this will not be needed anyway.
Due to length restrictions on OSX the initcall sections are called "i_"
there while they're called "init_" on other OSes. However the start and
end of sections are still called "__start_init_" and "__stop_init_",
which forces to have distinct code between the OSes. Let's switch everyone
to "i_" and rename the symbols accordingly.
The trace() function is convenient to avoid calling trace() when traces
are not enabled, but there starts to be some callers which place complex
expressions in their trace calls, which results in all of them to be
evaluated before being passed as arguments to the trace() function. This
needlessly wastes precious CPU cycles.
Let's change the function for a macro, so that the arguments are now only
evaluated when the surce has traces enabled. However having a generic
macro being called "trace()" can easily cause conflicts with innocent
code so we rename it "_trace".
Just doing this has resulted in a 2.5% increase of the HTTP/1 request rate.
Interestingly, all arrays used to declare patterns were read-write while
only hard-coded. Let's mark them const so that they move from data to
rodata and don't risk to experience false sharing.
This argument is not being used inside the function (and the functions
themselves are unused as well) and not documented. Its purpose is not clear.
Just remove it.
With latest commit f50906519 ("MEDIUM: fd: merge fdtab[].ev and state
for FD_EV_* and FD_POLL_* into state") one occurrence of a pair of
chars was missed in fd_stop_both(), resulting in the operation to
fail if the upper flags were set. Interestingly it managed to fail
2 tests in all setups in the CI while all used to work fine on my
local machines. Probably that the reason is that the chars had enough
room above them for the CAS to fail then refill "old" overwriting the
upper parts of the stack, and that thanks to this the subsequent tests
worked. With ASAN being used on lots of tests, it very likely caught
it but used to only report failed tests with no more info.
No backport is needed, as this was never released nor backported.
The current BTS/BTR operations on x86 are ugly because they rely on a
CAS, so they may be unfair and take time to converge. Fortunately,
where they are currently used (mostly FDs) the contention is expected
to be rare (mostly listeners). But this also limits their use to such
few low-load cases.
On x86 there is a set of BTS/BTR instructions which help for this,
but before the FD's state migrated to 32 bits there was little use of
them since they do not exist in 8 bits.
Now at least it makes sense to use them, at the very least in order
to significantly reduce the code size (one BTS instead of a CMPXCHG
loop). The implementation relies on modern gcc's ability to return
condition flags and limit code inflation and register spilling. The
fall back is retained on the old implementation for all other situations
(inappropriate target size or non-capable compiler). The code shrank
by 1.6 kB on the fast path.
As expected, for now on up to 4 threads there is no measurable difference
of performance.
Probably due to the result of an old copy-paste, HA_ATOMIC_BTS/BTR were
still implemented using the __sync_* builtins instead of the more
modern __atomic_* which allow to specify the memory model. Let's update
this to use the newer there and also implement the relaxed variants
(which are not used for now).
This patch replaces roughly all occurrences of an HA_ATOMIC_ADD(&foo, 1)
or HA_ATOMIC_SUB(&foo, 1) with the equivalent HA_ATOMIC_INC(&foo) and
HA_ATOMIC_DEC(&foo) respectively. These are 507 changes over 45 files.
Most ADD/SUB callers use them for a single unit (e.g. refcounts) and
it's a pain to always pass ",1". Let's add them to simplify the API.
However we currently don't add any return value. If needed in the future
better report zero/non-zero than a real value for the sake of efficiency
at the instruction level.
The fetch_and_xxx variant is often missing for add/sub/and/or. In fact
it was only provided for ADD under the name XADD which corresponds to
the x86 instruction name. But for destructive operations like AND and
OR it's missing even more as it's not possible to know the value before
modifying it.
This patch explicitly adds HA_ATOMIC_FETCH_{OR,AND,ADD,SUB} which
cover these standard operations, and renames XADD to FETCH_ADD (there
were only 6 call places).
In the future, backport of fixes involving such operations could simply
remap FETCH_ADD(x) to XADD(x), FETCH_SUB(x) to XADD(-x), and for the
OR/AND if needed, these could possibly be done using BTS/BTR.
It's worth noting that xchg could have been renamed to fetch_and_store()
but xchg already has well understood semantics and it wasn't needed to
go further.
In order to make sure these ones will not be used anymore in an expression,
let's make them always void. New callers will now be forced to use the
explicit _FETCH variant if required.
Currently our atomic ops return a value but it's never known whether
the fetch is done before or after the operation, which causes some
confusion each time the value is desired. Let's create an explicit
variant of these operations suffixed with _FETCH to explicitly mention
that the fetch occurs after the operation, and make use of it at the
few call places.
Gcc 10.2 implements outline atomics on aarch64. The replace all inline
atomic ops with a function call that checks if the machine supports LSE
atomics. This comes with a small cost but allows modern machines to scale
much better than with the old LL/SC ones even when built for full 8.0
compatibility.
This patch enables the use of the __atomic_compare_exchange() builtin
for the double-word CAS when detected as available instead of using the
hand-written LL/SC version. The extra cost is negligible because we do
very few DWCAS operations (essentially FD migrations and shared pools)
so the cost is low but under high contention it can still be beneficial.
As expected no performance difference was measured in either direction
on 4-core machines with this change.
This could be backported to 2.3 if it was shown that FD migrations were
representing a significant source of contention, but for now it does
not appear to be needed.
There is a function called fd_write_frag_line() that's essentially used
by loggers and that is used to write an atomic message line over a file
descriptor using writev(). However a lock is required around the writev()
call to prevent messages from multiple threads from being interleaved.
Till now a SPIN_TRYLOCK was used on a dedicated lock that was common to
all FDs. This is quite not pretty as if there are multiple output pipes
to collect logs, there will be quite some contention. Now that there
are empty flags left in the FD state and that we can finally use atomic
ops on them, let's add a flag to indicate the FD is locked for exclusive
access by a syscall. At least the locking will now be on an FD basis and
not the whole process, so we can remove the log_lock.
No need to keep this flag apart any more, let's merge it into the global
state. The bit was not cleared in fd_insert() because the only user is
the function used to create and atomically send a log message to a pipe
FD, which never registers the fd. Here we clear it nevertheless for the
sake of clarity.
Note that with an extra cleaning pass we could have a bit number
here and simply use a BTS to test and set it.
No need to keep this flag apart any more, let's merge it into the global
state. The CLI's output state was extended to 6 digits and the linger/cloned
flags moved inside the parenthesis.
For a long time we've had fdtab[].ev and fdtab[].state which contain two
arbitrary sets of information, one is mostly the configuration plus some
shutdown reports and the other one is the latest polling status report
which also contains some sticky error and shutdown reports.
These ones used to be stored into distinct chars, complicating certain
operations and not even allowing to clearly see concurrent accesses (e.g.
fd_delete_orphan() would set the state to zero while fd_insert() would
only set the event to zero).
This patch creates a single uint with the two sets in it, still delimited
at the byte level for better readability. The original FD_EV_* values
remained at the lowest bit levels as they are also known by their bit
value. The next step will consist in merging the remaining bits into it.
The whole bits are now cleared both in fd_insert() and _fd_delete_orphan()
because after a complete check, it is certain that in both cases these
functions are the only ones touching these areas. Indeed, for
_fd_delete_orphan(), the thread_mask has already been zeroed before a
poller can call fd_update_event() which would touch the state, so it
is certain that _fd_delete_orphan() is alone. Regarding fd_insert(),
only one thread will get an FD at any moment, and it as this FD has
already been released by _fd_delete_orphan() by definition it is certain
that previous users have definitely stopped touching it.
Strictly speaking there's no need for clearing the state again in
fd_insert() but it's cheap and will remove some doubts during some
troubleshooting sessions.
In preparation of merging FD_POLL* and FD_EV*, this only changes the
value of FD_POLL_* to use bits 8-15 (the second byte). The size of the
field has been temporarily extended to 32 bits already, as well as
the temporary variables that carry the new composite value inside
fd_update_events(). The resulting fdtab entry becomes temporarily
unaligned. All places making access to .ev or FD_POLL_* were carefully
inspected to make sure they were safe regarding this change. Only one
temporary update was needed for the "show fd" code. The code was only
slightly inflated at this step.
The former was not used and the second was used only as a positive mask
of the flags to keep instead of having the flags that are updated. Both
were removed in favor of a new FD_POLL_UPDT_MASK that only mentions the
updated flags. This will ease merging of state and ev later.
This patch registers the parsed file and the line where a log server
is declared to make those information available in configuration
post check.
Those new informations were added on error messages probed resolving
ring names on post configuration check.
Define MODE_DIAG which is used to run haproxy in diagnostic mode. This
mode is used to output extra warnings about possible configuration
blunder or sub-optimal usage. It can be activated with argument '-dD'.
A new output function ha_diag_warning is implemented reserved for
diagnostic output. It serves to standardize the format of diagnostic
messages.
A macro HA_DIAG_WARN_COND is also available to automatically check if
diagnostic mode is on before executing the diagnostic check.
Historically, an option was added to wait for the request payload (option
http-buffer-request). This option has 2 drawbacks. First, it is an ON/OFF
option for the whole proxy. It cannot be enabled on demand depending on the
message. Then, as its name suggests, it only works on the request side. The
only option to wait for the response payload was to write a dedicated
filter. While it is an acceptable solution for complex applications, it is a
bit overkill to simply match strings in the body.
To make everyone happy, this patch adds a dedicated HTTP action to wait for
the message payload, for the request or the response depending it is used in
an http-request or an http-response ruleset. The time to wait is
configurable and, optionally, the minimum payload size to have before stop
to wait.
Both the http action and the old http analyzer rely on the same internal
function.
L6 sample fetches are now ignored when called from an HTTP proxy. Thus, a
warning is emitted during the startup if such usage is detected. It is true
for most ACLs and for log-format strings. Unfortunately, it is a bit painful
to do so for sample expressions.
This patch relies on the commit "MINOR: action: Use a generic function to
check validity of an action rule list".
The check_action_rules() function is now used to check the validity of an
action rule list. It is used from check_config_validity() function to check
L5/6/7 rulesets.
It is now possible to perform HTTP upgrades on a TCP stream from the
frontend side. To do so, a tcp-request content rule must be defined with the
switch-mode action, specifying the mode (for now, only http is supported)
and optionnaly the proto (h1 or h2).
This way it could be possible to set HTTP directives on a TCP frontend which
will only be evaluated if an upgrade is performed. This new way to perform
HTTP upgrades should replace progressively the old way, consisting to route
the request to an HTTP backend. And it should be also a good start to remove
all HTTP processing from tcp-request content rules.
This action is terminal, it stops the ruleset evaluation. It is only
available on proxy with the frontend capability.
The configuration manual has been updated accordingly.
The code responsible to perform an HTTP upgrade from a TCP stream is moved
in a dedicated function, stream_set_http_mode().
The stream_set_backend() function is slightly updated, especially to
correctly set the request analysers.
Now allocation and initialization of HTTP transactions are performed in a
unique function. Historically, there were two functions because the same TXN
was reset for K/A connections in the legacy HTTP mode. Now, in HTX, K/A
connections are handled at the mux level. A new stream, and thus a new TXN,
is created for each request. In addition, the function responsible to end
the TXN is now also reponsible to release it.
So, now, http_create_txn() and http_destroy_txn() must be used to create and
destroy an HTTP transaction.
MX_FL_NO_UPG flag may now be set on a multiplexer to explicitly disable
upgrades from this mux. For now, it is set on the FCGI multiplexer because
it is not supported and there is no upgrade on backend-only multiplexers. It
is also set on the H2 multiplexer because it is clearly not supported.
Historically we've used SOL_IP/SOL_IPV6/SOL_TCP everywhere as the socket
level value in getsockopt() and setsockopt() but as we've seen over time
it regularly broke the build and required to have them defined to their
IPPROTO_* equivalent. The Linux ip(7) man page says:
Using the SOL_IP socket options level isn't portable; BSD-based
stacks use the IPPROTO_IP level.
And it indeed looks like a pure linuxism inherited from old examples and
documentation. strace also reports SOL_* instead of IPPROTO_*, which does
not help... A check to linux/in.h shows they have the same values. Only
SOL_SOCKET and other non-IP values make sense since there is no IPPROTO
equivalent.
Let's get rid of this annoying confusion by removing all redefinitions of
SOL_IP/IPV6/TCP and using IPPROTO_* instead, just like any other operating
system. This also removes duplicated tests for the same value.
Note that this should not result in exposing syscalls to other OSes
as the only ones that were still conditionned to SOL_IPV6 were for
IPV6_UNICAST_HOPS which already had an IPPROTO_IPV6 equivalent, and
IPV6_TRANSPARENT which is Linux-specific.
Very often we use "int" where negative numbers are not needed (and can
further cause trouble) just because it's painful to type "unsigned int"
or "unsigned", or ugly to use in function arguments. Similarly sometimes
chars would absolutely need to be signed but nobody types "signed char".
Let's add a few aliases for such types and make them part of the standard
internal API so that over time we can get used to them and get rid of
horrible definitions. A comment also reminds some commonly available
types and their properties regarding other types.
In order to process samples from the command line interface we'll need
rules as well, and these rules will have to be marked as coming from
the CLI parser. This new origin is used for this.
In order to prepare for supporting calling sample expressions from the
CLI, let's create a new CLI_PARSER parsing context. This one supports
constants and internal samples only.
In order to process samples from the config file we'll need rules as
well, and these rules will have to be marked as coming from the
config parser. This new origin is used for this.
We'd sometimes like to be able to process samples while parsing
the configuration based on purely internal thing but that's not
possible right now. Let's add a new CFG_PARSER context for samples
which only permits constant samples (i.e. those which do not change
in the process' life and which are stable during config parsing).
This level indicates that everything it constant in the expression during
the whole process' life and that it may safely be used at config parsing
time.
For now smp_resolve_args() complains on stderr via ha_alert(), but if we
want to make it a bit more dynamic, we need it to return errors in an
allocated message. Let's pass it an error pointer and have it fill it.
On return we indent the output if it contains more than one line.
Define a new cap PR_CAP_LUA. It can be used to allocate the internal
proxy for lua Socket class. This cap overrides default settings for
preferable values in the lua context.
Move all liberation code related to a proxy in a dedicated function
free_proxy in proxy.c. For now, this function is only called in
haproxy.c. In the future, it will be used to free the lua proxy.
This helps to clean up haproxy.c.
Create a new function parse_new_proxy specifically designed to allocate
a new proxy from the configuration file and copy settings from the
default proxy.
The function alloc_new_proxy is reduced to a minimal allocation. It is
used for default proxy allocation and could also be used for internal
proxies such as the lua Socket proxy.
Move deinit_acl_cond and deinit_act_rules from haproxy.c respectively in
acl.c and action.c. The name of the functions has been slightly altered,
replacing the prefix deinit_* by free_* to reflect their purpose more
clearly.
This change has been made in preparation to the implementation of a free
proxy function. As a side-effect, it helps to clean up haproxy.c.
Create a new module init which contains code related to REGISTER_*
macros for initcalls. init.h is included in api.h to make init code
available to all modules.
It's a step to clean up a bit haproxy.c/global.h.
The default SSL_CTX used by a specific frontend is the one of the first
ckch instance created for this frontend. If this instance has SNIs, then
the SSL context is linked to the instance through the list of SNIs
contained in it. If the instance does not have any SNIs though, then the
SSL_CTX is only referenced by the bind_conf structure and the instance
itself has no link to it.
When trying to update a certificate used by the default instance through
a cli command, a new version of the default instance was rebuilt but the
default SSL context referenced in the bind_conf structure would not be
changed, resulting in a buggy behavior in which depending on the SNI
used by the client, he could either use the new version of the updated
certificate or the original one.
This patch adds a reference to the default SSL context in the default
ckch instances so that it can be hot swapped during a certificate
update.
This should fix GitHub issue #1143.
It can be backported as far as 2.2.
Christopher discovered an issue mostly affecting 2.2 and to a less extent
2.3 and above, which is that it's possible to deadlock a soft-stop when
several threads are using a same listener:
thread1 thread2
unbind_listener() fd_set_running()
lock(listener) listener_accept()
fd_delete() lock(listener)
while (running_mask); -----> deadlock
unlock(listener)
This simple case disappeared from 2.3 due to the removal of some locked
operations at the end of listener_accept() on the regular path, but the
architectural problem is still here and caused by a lock inversion built
around the loop on running_mask in fd_clr_running_excl(), because there
are situations where the caller of fd_delete() may hold a lock that is
preventing other threads from dropping their bit in running_mask.
The real need here is to make sure the last user deletes the FD. We have
all we need to know the last one, it's the one calling fd_clr_running()
last, or entering fd_delete() last, both of which can be summed up as
the last one calling fd_clr_running() if fd_delete() calls fd_clr_running()
at the end. And we can prevent new threads from appearing in running_mask
by removing their bits in thread_mask.
So what this patch does is that it sets the running_mask for the thread
in fd_delete(), clears the thread_mask, thus marking the FD as orphaned,
then clears the running mask again, and completes the deletion if it was
the last one. If it was not, another thread will pass through fd_clr_running
and will complete the deletion of the FD.
The bug is easily reproducible in 2.2 under high connection rates during
soft close. When the old process stops its listener, occasionally two
threads will deadlock and the old process will then be killed by the
watchdog. It's strongly believed that similar situations do exist in 2.3
and 2.4 (e.g. if the removal attempt happens during resume_listener()
called from listener_accept()) but if so, they should be much harder to
trigger.
This should be backported to 2.2 as the issue appeared with the FD
migration. It requires previous patches "fd: make fd_clr_running() return
the remaining running mask" and "MINOR: fd: remove the unneeded running
bit from fd_insert()".
Notes for backport: in 2.2, the fd_dodelete() function requires an extra
argument "do_close" indicating whether we want to remove and close the FD
(fd_delete) or just delete it (fd_remove). While this information is not
conveyed along the chain, we know that late calls always imply do_close=1
become do_close=0 exclusively results from fd_remove() which is only used
by the config parser and the master, both of which are single-threaded,
hence are always the last ones in the running_mask. Thus it is safe to
assume that a postponed FD deletion always implies do_close=1.
Thanks to Olivier for his help in designing this optimal solution.
There's no point taking the running bit in fd_insert() since by
definition there will never be more than one thread inserting the FD,
and that fd_insert() may only be done after the fd was allocated by
the system, indicating the end of use by any other thread.
This will need to be backported to 2.2 to fix an issue.
We'll need to know that a thread is the last one to use an fd, so let's
make fd_clr_running() return the remaining bits after removal. Note that
in practice we're only interested in knowing if it's zero but the compiler
doesn't make use of the clags after the AND and emits a CMPXCHG anyway :-/
This will need to be backported to 2.2 to fix an issue.
The commit reverts following commits:
* 83926a04 BUG/MEDIUM: debug/lua: Don't dump the lua stack if not dumpable
* a61789a1 MEDIUM: lua: Use a per-thread counter to track some non-reentrant parts of lua
Instead of relying on a Lua function to print the lua traceback into the
debugger, we are now using our own internal function (hlua_traceback()).
This one does not allocate memory and use a chunk instead. This avoids any
issue with a possible deadlock in the memory allocator because the thread
processing was interrupted during a memory allocation.
This patch relies on the commit "BUG/MEDIUM: debug/lua: Use internal hlua
function to dump the lua traceback". Both must be backported wherever the
patches above are backported, thus as far as 2.0
The separator string is now configurable, passing it as parameter when the
function is called. In addition, the message have been slightly changed to
be a bit more readable.
If an unknown CA file was first mentioned in an "add ssl crt-list" CLI
command, it would result in a call to X509_STORE_load_locations which
performs a disk access which is forbidden during runtime. The same would
happen if a "ca-verify-file" or "crl-file" was specified. This was due
to the fact that the crt-list file parsing and the crt-list related CLI
commands parsing use the same functions.
The patch simply adds a new parameter to all the ssl_bind parsing
functions so that they know if the call is made during init or by the
CLI, and the ssl_store_load_locations function can then reject any new
cafile_entry creation coming from a CLI call.
It can be backported as far as 2.2.
str2sa_range function options PA_O_DGRAM and PA_O_STREAM are used to
define the supported address types but also to set the default type
if it is not explicit. If the used address support both STREAM and DGRAM,
the default was always set to STREAM.
This patch introduce a new option PA_O_DEFAULT_DGRAM to force the
default to DGRAM type if it is not explicit in the address field
and both STREAM and DGRAM are supported. If only DGRAM or only STREAM
is supported, it continues to be considered as the default.
In commit a1ecbca0a ("BUG/MINOR: freq_ctr/threads: make use of the last
updated global time"), for period-based counters, the millisecond part
of the global_now variable was used as the date for the new period. But
it's wrong, it only works with sub-second periods as it wraps every
second, and for other periods the counters never rotate anymore.
Let's make use of the newly introduced global_now_ms variable instead,
which contains the global monotonic time expressed in milliseconds.
This patch needs to be backported wherever the patch above is backported.
It depends on previous commit "MINOR: time: also provide a global,
monotonic global_now_ms timer".
The period-based freq counters need the global date in milliseconds,
so better calculate it and expose it rather than letting all call
places incorrectly retrieve it.
Here what we do is that we maintain a new globally monotonic timer,
global_now_ms, which ought to be very close to the global_now one,
but maintains the monotonic approach of now_ms between all threads
in that global_now_ms is always ahead of any now_ms.
This patch is made simple to ease backporting (it will be needed for
a subsequent fix), but it also opens the way to some simplifications
on the time handling: instead of computing the local time and trying
to force it to the global one, we should soon be able to proceed in
the opposite way, that is computing the new global time an making the
local one just the latest snapshot of it. This will bring the benefit
of making sure that the global time is always ahead of the local one.
The pool_alloc_dirty() function was renamed to __pool_alloc() and now
takes a set of flags indicating whether poisonning is permitted or not
and whether zeroing the area is needed or not. The pool_alloc() function
is now just a wrapper calling __pool_alloc(pool, 0).
This one used to maintain a shortcut in the pools allocation path that
was only justified by b_alloc_fast() which was not used! Let's get rid
of it as well so that the allocator becomes a bit more straight forward.
It is never used anymore since 1.7 where it was used by b_alloc_margin()
then replaced by direct calls to the pools function, and it maintains a
dependency on the exposed pools functions. It's time to get rid of it,
as it's not even certain it still works.
The channel's buffer allocator, channel_alloc_buffer(), was still relying
on the principle of a margin for the request and not for the response.
But this margin stopped working around 1.7 with the introduction of the
content filters such as SPOE, and was completely anihilated with the
local pools that came with threads. Let's simplify this and just use
b_alloc().
Right now there is a discrepancy beteween b_alloc() and b_allow_margin():
the former forcefully overwrites the target pointer while the latter tests
it and returns it as-is if already allocated.
As a matter of fact, all callers of b_alloc() either preliminary test the
buffer, or assume it's already null.
Let's remove this pain and make the function test the buffer's allocation
before doing it again, and match call places' expectations.
Some parts of the Lua are non-reentrant. We must be sure to carefully track
these parts to not dump the lua stack when it is interrupted inside such
parts. For now, we only identified the custom lua allocator. If the thread
is interrupted during the memory allocation, we must not try to print the
lua stack wich also allocate memory. Indeed, realloc() is not
async-signal-safe.
In this patch we introduce a thread-local counter. It is incremented before
entering in a non-reentrant part and decremented when exiting. It is only
performed in hlua_alloc() for now.
Now that connections aren't being reused when they failed, remove the
reset() method. It was unimplemented anywhere, except for H1 where it did
nothing, anyway.
Introduce a new XPRT method, start(). The init() method will now only
initialize whatever is needed for the XPRT to run, but any action the XPRT
has to do before being ready, such as handshakes, will be done in the new
start() method. That way, we will be sure the full stack of xprt will be
initialized before attempting to do anything.
The init() call is also moved to conn_prepare(). There's no longer any reason
to wait for the ctrl to be ready, any action will be deferred until start(),
anyway. This means conn_xprt_init() is no longer needed.
Remove static qualifier on stats_allocate_proxy_counters_internal. This
function will be used to allocate extra counters at runtime for dynamic
servers.
Prepare the server parsing API to support dynamic servers.
- define a new parsing flag to be used for dynamic servers
- each keyword contains a new field dynamic_ok to indicate if it can be
used for a dynamic server. For now, no keyword are supported.
- do not copy settings from the default server for a new dynamic server.
- a dynamic server is created in a maintenance mode and requires an
explicit 'enable server' command.
- a new server flag named SRV_F_DYNAMIC is created. This flag is set for
all servers created at runtime. It might be useful later, for example
to know if a server can be purged.
Modify the API of parse_server function. Use flags to describe the type
of the parsed server instead of discrete arguments. These flags can be
used to specify if a server/default-server/server-template is parsed.
Additional parameters are also specified (parsing of the address
required, resolve of a name must be done immediately).
It is now unneeded to use strcmp on args[0] in parse_server. Also, the
calls to parse_server are more explicit thanks to the flags.
The freq counters were using the thread's own time as the start of the
current period. The problem is that in case of contention, it was
occasionally possible to perform non-monotonic updates on the edge of
the next second, because if the upfront thread updates a counter first,
it causes a rotation, then the second thread loses the race from its
older time, and tries again, and detects a different time again, but
in the past so it only updates the counter, then a third thread on the
new date would detect a change again, thus provoking a rotation again.
The effect was triple:
- rare loss of stored values during certain transitions from one
period to the next one, causing counters to report 0
- half of the threads forced to go through the slow path every second
- difficult convergence when using many threads where the CAS can fail
a lot and we can observe N(N-1) attempts for N threads to complete
This patch fixes this issue in two ways:
- first, it now makes use og the monotonic global_now value which also
happens to be volatile and to carry the latest known time; this way
time will never jump backwards anymore and only the first thread
updates it on transition, the other ones do not need to.
- second, re-read the time in the loop after each failure, because
if the date changed in the counter, it means that one thread knows
a more recent one and we need to update. In this case if it matches
the new current second, the fast path is usable.
This patch relies on previous patch "MINOR: time: export the global_now
variable" and must be backported as far as 1.8.
This is the process-wide monotonic time that is used to update each
thread's own time. It may be required at a few places where a strictly
monotonic clock is required such as freq_ctr. It will be have to be
backported as a dependency of a forthcoming fix.
Some are not always easy to spot with "chk" vs "check" or hyphens at
some places and not at others. Now entering "option http-close" properly
suggests "httpclose" and "option tcp-chk" suggests "tcp-check". There's
no need to consider the proxy's capabilities, what matters is to figure
what related word the user tried to spell, and there are not that many
options anyway.
The distance between two words can be high due to a sub-word being missing
and in this case it happens that other totally unrealted words are proposed
because their average score looks lower thanks to being shorter. Here we're
introducing the notion of presence of each character so that word sequences
that contain existing sub-words are favored against the shorter ones having
nothing in common. In addition we do not distinguish being/end from a
regular delimitor anymore. That made it harder to spot inverted words.
When tasklets were derived from tasks, there was no immediate need for
the scheduler to know their status after execution, and in a spirit of
simplicity they just started to always return NULL. The problem is that
it simply prevents the scheduler from 1) accounting their execution time,
and 2) keeping track of their current execution status. Indeed, a remote
wake-up could very well end up manipulating a tasklet that's currently
being executed. And this is the reason why those handlers have to take
the idle lock before checking their context.
In 2.5 we'll take care of making tasklets and tasks work more similarly,
but trouble is to be expected if we continue to propagate the trend of
returning NULL everywhere, especially if some fixes relying on a stricter
model later need to be backported. For this reason this patch updates all
known tasklet handlers to make them return NULL only when the tasklet was
freed. It has no effect for now and isn't even guaranteed to always be
100% safe but it puts the code into the right direction for this.
There were still a very small list of functions, variables and fields
called "stats_" while they were really purely CLI-centric. There's the
frontend called "stats_fe" in the global section, which instantiates a
"cli_applet" called "<CLI>" so it was renamed "cli_fe".
The "alloc_stats_fe" function cas renamed to "cli_alloc_fe" which also
better matches the naming convention of all cli-specific functions.
Finally the "stats_permission_denied_msg" used to return an error on
the CLI was renamed "cli_permission_denied_msg".
Now there's no more "stats_something" that designates the CLI.
This is the number of args accepted on a command received on the CLI,
is has long been totally independent of stats and should not carry
this misleading "stats" name anymore.
Instead of making a new one from scratch, let's support not wiping the
existing fingerprint and updating it, and to do the same char by char.
The word-by-word one will still result in multiple beginnings and ends,
but that will accurately translate word boundaries. The char-based one
has more flexibility and requires that the caller maintains the previous
char to indicate the transition, which also allows to insert delimiters
for example.
Entering "show tls" would still emit 35 entries. By measuring the distance
between all unknown words and the candidates, we can sort them and pick the
10 most likely candidates. This works reasonably well, as now "show tls"
only proposes "show tls-keys", "show threads", "show pools" and "show tasks".
If the distance is still too high or if a word is missing, the whole
prefix list continues to be dumped, thus "show" alone will still report
the entire list of commands beginning with "show".
It's still impossible to skip a word, for example "show conn" will not
propose "show servers conn" because the distance is calculated for each
word individually. Some changes to the distance calculation to support
updating an existing map could easily address this. But this is already
a great improvement.
It was mentioned that ACCESS_MASTER_ONLY as for workers only instead of
master-only. And it wasn't clear that all ACCESS_* would belong to the
same thing.
The last time when an item was seen in a resolver responses is now stored in
milliseconds instead of seconds. This avoid some corner-cases at the
edges. This also simplifies time comparisons.
Another way to say it: "Safely unlink requester from a requester callbacks".
Requester callbacks must never try to unlink a requester from a resolution, for
the current requester or another one. First, these callback functions are called
in a loop on a request list, not necessarily safe. Thus unlink resolution at
this place, may be unsafe. And it is useless to try to make these loops safe
because, all this stuff is placed in a loop on a resolution list. Unlink a
requester may lead to release a resolution if it is the last requester.
However, the unkink is necessary because we cannot reset the server state
(hostname and IP) with some pending DNS resolution on it. So, to workaround
this issue, we introduce the "safe" unlink. It is only performed from a
requester callback. In this case, the unlink function never releases the
resolution, it only reset it if necessary. And when a resolution is found
with an empty requester list, it is released.
This patch depends on the following commits :
* MINOR: resolvers: Purge answer items when a SRV resolution triggers an error
* MINOR: resolvers: Use a function to remove answers attached to a resolution
* MINOR: resolvers: Directly call srvrq_update_srv_state() when possible
* MINOR: resolvers: Add function to change the srv status based on SRV resolution
All the series must be backported as far as 2.2. It fixes a regression
introduced by the commit b4badf720 ("BUG/MINOR: resolvers: new callback to
properly handle SRV record errors").
don't release resolution from requester cb
srvrq_update_srv_status() update the server status based on result of SRV
resolution. For now, it is only used from snr_update_srv_status() when
appropriate.
resolv_purge_resolution_answer_records() must be used to removed all answers
attached to a resolution. For now, it is only used when a resolution is
released.
This function search for a SRV answer item associated to a requester
whose type is server.
This is mainly useful to "link" a server to its SRV record when no
additional record were found to configure the IP address.
This patch is required by a bug fix.
action_suggest() will return a pointer to an action whose keyword more or
less ressembles the passed argument. It also accepts to be more tolerant
against prefixes (since actions taking arguments are handled as prefixes).
This will be used to suggest approaching words.
Just like with the server keywords, now's the turn of "bind" keywords.
The difference is that 100% of the bind keywords are registered, thus
we do not need the list of extra keywords.
There are multiple bind line parsers today, all were updated:
- peers
- log
- dgram-bind
- cli
$ printf "listen f\nbind :8000 tcut\n" | ./haproxy -c -f /dev/stdin
[NOTICE] 070/101358 (25146) : haproxy version is 2.4-dev11-7b8787-26
[NOTICE] 070/101358 (25146) : path to executable is ./haproxy
[ALERT] 070/101358 (25146) : parsing [/dev/stdin:2] : 'bind :8000' unknown keyword 'tcut'; did you mean 'tcp-ut' maybe ?
[ALERT] 070/101358 (25146) : Error(s) found in configuration file : /dev/stdin
[ALERT] 070/101358 (25146) : Fatal errors found in configuration.
Instead of just reporting "unknown keyword", let's provide a function which
will look through a list of registered keywords for a similar-looking word
to the one that wasn't matched. This will help callers suggest correct
spelling. Also, given that a large part of the config parser still relies
on a long chain of strcmp(), we'll need to be able to pass extra candidates.
Thus the function supports an optional extra list for this purpose.
This introduces two functions, one which creates a fingerprint of a word,
and one which computes a distance between two words fingerprints. The
fingerprint is made by counting the transitions between one character and
another one. Here we consider the 26 alphabetic letters regardless of
their case, then any digit as a digit, and anything else as "other". We
also consider the first and last locations as transitions from begin to
first char, and last char to end. The distance is simply the sum of the
squares of the differences between two fingerprints. This way, doubling/
missing a letter has the same cost, however some repeated transitions
such as "e"->"r" like in "server" are very unlikely to match against
situations where they do not exist. This is a naive approach but it seems
to work sufficiently well for now. It may be refined in the future if
needed.
It is possible to have a session without a listener. It happens for applets
on the client side. Thus all accesses to the listener info from the session
must be guarded. It was the purpose of the commit 36119de18 ("BUG/MEDIUM:
session: NULL dereference possible when accessing the listener"). However,
some tests on the session's listener existence are missing in proxy_inc_*
functions.
This patch should fix the issues #1171, #1172, #1173, #1174 and #1175. It
must be backported with the above commit as far as 1.8.
Since commit f8fb4f75f ("MINOR: atomic: implement a more efficient arm64
__ha_cas_dw() using pairs"), on some modern arm64 (armv8.1+) compiled
with -march=armv8.1-a under gcc-7.5.0, a build error may appear on ev_poll.o :
/tmp/ccHD2lN8.s:1771: Error: reg pair must start from even reg at operand 1 -- `casp x27,x28,x22,x23,[x12]'
Makefile:927: recipe for target 'src/ev_poll.o' failed
It appears that the compiler cannot always assign register pairs there
for a structure made of two u64. It was possibly later addressed since
gcc-9.3 never caused this, but there's no trivially available info on
the subject in the changelogs. Unsuprizingly, using a u128 instead does
fix this, but it significantly inflates the code (+4kB for just 6 places,
very likely that it loaded some extra stubs) and the comparison is ugly,
involving two slower conditional jumps instead of a single one and a
conditional comparison. For example, ha_random64() grew from 144 bytes
to 232.
However, simply forcing the base register does work pretty well, and
makes the code even cleaner and more efficient by further reducing it
by about 4.5kB, possibly because it helps the compiler to pick suitable
registers for the pair there. And the perf on 64-cores looks steadily
0.5% above the previous one, so let's do this.
Note that the commit above was backported to 2.3 to fix scalability
issues on AWS Graviton2 platform, so this one will need to be as well.
The QUIC connection struct connection member was not initialized. This may
make randomly haproxy handle TLS connections as QUIC ones only when QUIC support
is enabled leading to such OpenSSL errors (captured from a reg test output, TLS
Client-Hello callback failed):
OpenSSL error[0x10000085] OPENSSL_internal: CONNECTION_REJECTED
OpenSSL error[0x10000410] OPENSSL_internal: SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE
OpenSSL error[0x1000009a] OPENSSL_internal: HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO
This patch should fix#1168 github issue.
The recent default runqueue size reduction appeared to have significantly
lowered performance on low-thread count configs. Testing various values
runqueue values on different workloads under thread counts ranging from
1 to 64, it appeared that lower values are more optimal for high thread
counts and conversely. It could even be drawn that the optimal value for
various workloads sits around 280/sqrt(nbthread), and probably has to do
with both the L3 cache usage and how to optimally interlace the threads'
activity to minimize contention. This is much easier to optimally
configure, so let's do this by default now.
The recently introduced Financial Information eXchange (FIX)
converters have some hard coded tags based on the specification that
were misspelled. Specifically, SenderComID and TargetComID should
be SenderCompID and TargetCompID according to the specification [1][2].
This patch updates all references, which includes the converters
themselves, the regression test, and the documentation.
[1] https://fiximate.fixtrading.org/en/FIX.5.0SP2_EP264/tag49.html
[2] https://fiximate.fixtrading.org/en/FIX.5.0SP2_EP264/tag56.html
Parameter "accepted_payload_size" is currently considered regardless
the used nameserver is using TCP or UDP. It remains mandatory to annouce
such capability to support e-dns, so a value have to be announced also
in TCP. Maximum DNS message size in TCP is limited by protocol to 65535
and so for UDP (65507) if system supports such UDP messages. But
the maximum value for this option was arbitrary forced to 8192.
This patch change this maximum to 65535 to allow user to set bigger value
for UDP if its system supports. It also sets accepted_payload_size
in TCP allowing to retrieve huge responses if the configuration uses
TCP nameservers.
The request announcing the accepted_payload_size capability is currently
built at resolvers level and is common to all used nameservers of the
section regardess transport protocol used. A further patch should be
made to at least specify a different payload size depending of the
transport, and perhaps could be forced to 65535 in case of TCP and
maximum would be forced back to 65507 matching UDP max.
This patch is appliable since 2.4 version
These are some leftovers from the ancient code where they were still
called sessions, but these areas in the code remain confusing due to
this naming. They were now called "strm" which will not even affect
indenting nor alignment.
It was brought by commit c44b8de99 ("CLEANUP: connection: Use `VAR_ARRAY`
in `struct tlv` definition") but breaks the build with clang. Actually it
had already been done 6 months ago by commit 4987a4744 ("CLEANUP: tree-wide:
use VAR_ARRAY instead of [0] in various definitions") then reverted by
commit 441b6c31e ("BUILD: connection: fix build on clang after the VAR_ARRAY
cleanup") which explained the same thing but didn't place a comment in the
code to justify this (in short it's just an end of struct marker).
The default proxy was passed as a variable to all parsers instead of a
const, which is not without risk, especially when some timeout parsers used
to make some int pointers point to the default values for comparisons. We
want to be certain that none of these parsers will modify the defaults
sections by accident, so it's important to mark this proxy as const.
This patch touches all occurrences found (89).
TCC happens to define __OPTIMIZE__ at -O2 but doesn't proceed with dead
code elimination, resulting in ha_free() to always reference the link
error symbol. Let's condition this test on __GCC__ which others like
Clang also define.
ha_free() uses code that attempts to set a non-existant variable to provoke
a link-time error, with the expectation that the compiler will not omit that
if the code is unreachable. However, clang will emit it when compiling with
no optimization, so only do that if __OPTIMIZE__ is defined.
There's currently quite some thread contention in the server struct
because frequently fields accessed fields are mixed with those being
often written to by any thread. Let's split this a little bit to
separate a few areas:
- pure config / admin / operating status (almost never changes)
- idle and queuing (fast changes, done almost together)
- LB (fast changes, not necessarily dependent on the above)
- counters (fast changes, at a different instant again)
The actconns list creates massive contention on low server counts because
it's in fact a list of streams using a server, all threads compete on the
list's head and it's still possible to see some watchdog panics on 48
threads under extreme contention with 47 threads trying to add and one
thread trying to delete.
Moving this list per thread is trivial because it's only used by
srv_shutdown_streams(), which simply required to iterate over the list.
The field was renamed to "streams" as it's really a list of streams
rather than a list of connections.
There are multiple per-thread lists in the listeners, which isn't the
most efficient in terms of cache, and doesn't easily allow to store all
the per-thread stuff.
Now we introduce an srv_per_thread structure which the servers will have an
array of, and place the idle/safe/avail conns tree heads into. Overall this
was a fairly mechanical change, and the array is now always initialized for
all servers since we'll put more stuff there. It's worth noting that the Lua
code still has to deal with its own deinit by itself despite being in a
global list, because its server is not dynamically allocated.
It's a real pain not to have access to the list of all registered servers,
because whenever there is a need to late adjust their configuration, only
those attached to regular proxies are seen, but not the peers, lua, logs
nor DNS.
What this patch does is that new_server() will automatically add the newly
created server to a global list, and it does so as well for the 1 or 2
statically allocated servers created for Lua. This way it will be possible
to iterate over all of them.
Some entries are atomically updated by various threads, such as the
global counters, and they're mixed with others which are read all the
time like the mode. This explains why "perf" was seeing a huge access
cost on global.mode in process_stream()! Let's reorder them so that
the static config stuff is at the beginning and the live stuff is at
the end.
These functions are used on the mux layer to indicate that the connection
is becoming idle and that the xprt ought to be careful before checking the
context or that it's not idle anymore and that the context is safe. The
purpose is to allow a mux which is going to release a connection to tell
the xprt to be careful when touching it. At the moment, the xprt are
always careful and that's costly so we want to have the ability to relax
this a bit.
No xprt layer uses this yet.
This flag will be usable by any application. It will be preserved across
wakeups so the application can use it to do various stuff. Some I/O
handlers will soon benefit from this.
It's been too short for quite a while now and is now full. It's still
time to extend it to 32-bits since we have room for this without
wasting any space, so we now gained 16 new bits for future flags.
The values were not reassigned just in case there would be a few
hidden u16 or short somewhere in which these flags are placed (as
it used to be the case with stream->pending_events).
The patch is tagged MEDIUM because this required to update the task's
process() prototype to use an int instead of a short, that's quite a
bunch of places.
The nice field isn't needed anymore for the tasklet so we can move it
from the TASK_COMMON area into the struct task which already has a
hole around the expire entry.
It's cleaner to use a flag from the task's state to detect a tasklet
and it's even cheaper. One of the best benefits is that this will
allow to get the nice field out of the common part since the tasklet
doesn't need it anymore. This commit uses the last task bit available
but that's temporary as the purpose of the change is to extend this.
We frequently need to access a simple and fast PRNG for statistical
purposes. The debug_prng() function did exactly this using a xorshift
generator but its use was limited to debug only. Let's move this to
tools.h and tools.c to make it accessible everywhere. Since it needs to
be fast, its state is thread-local. An initialization function starts a
different initial value for each thread for better distribution.
In stream_add_srv_conn() MT_LIST_ADD() is used instead of MT_LIST_ADDQ(),
resulting in the stream being queued at the end of the server list. This
has no particular effect since we cannot dump the streams on a server,
and this is only used by "shutdown sessions" on a server. But it also
turns out to be significantly faster due to the shorter recovery from
the conflict with an adjacent MT_LIST_DEL(), thus it remains desirable
to use it, but at least it deserves a comment.
In addition to this, it's worth mentioning that this list should creates
extreme contention with threads while almost never used. It should be
made per-thread just like the global streams list.
The reason is that H2 can already require 32 16kB buffers for the mux
output at once, which will deplete the local cache. Thus it makes sense
to go further to leave some time to other connection to release theirs.
In addition, the L2 cache on modern CPUs is already 1 MB, so this change
is welcome in any case.
We've reached a point where the global pools represent a significant
bottleneck with threads. On a 64-core machine, the performance was
divided by 8 between 32 and 64 H2 connections only because there were
not enough entries in the local caches to avoid picking from the global
pools, and the contention on the list there was very high. It becomes
obvious that we need to have an array of lists, but that will require
more changes.
In parallel, standard memory allocators have improved, with tcmalloc
and jemalloc finding their ways through mainstream systems, and glibc
having upgraded to a thread-aware ptmalloc variant, keeping this level
of contention here isn't justified anymore when we have both the local
per-thread pool caches and a fast process-wide allocator.
For these reasons, this patch introduces a new compile time setting
CONFIG_HAP_NO_GLOBAL_POOLS which is set by default when threads are
enabled with thread local pool caches, and we know we have a fast
thread-aware memory allocator (currently set for glibc>=2.26). In this
case we entirely bypass the global pool and directly use the standard
memory allocator when missing objects from the local pools. It is also
possible to force it at compile time when a good allocator is used with
another setup.
It is still possible to re-enable the global pools using
CONFIG_HAP_GLOBAL_POOLS, if a corner case is discovered regarding the
operating system's default allocator, or when building with a recent
libc but a different allocator which provides other benefits but does
not scale well with threads.
There finally is a way to support register pairs on aarch64 assembly
under gcc, it's just undocumented, like many of the options there :-(
As indicated below, it's possible to pass "%H" to mention the high
part of a register pair (e.g. "%H0" to go with "%0"):
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/gcc/patch/59368A74.2060908@foss.arm.com/
By making local variables from pairs of registers via a struct (as
is used in IST for example), we can let gcc choose the correct register
pairs and avoid a few moves in certain situations. The code is now slightly
more efficient than the previous one on AWS' Graviton2 platform, and
noticeably smaller (by 4.5kB approx). A few tests on older releases show
that even Linaro's gcc-4.7 used to support such register pairs and %H,
and by then ATOMICS were not supported so this should not cause build
issues, and as such this patch replaces the earlier implementation.
This variant uses the CASP instruction available on armv8.1-a CPU cores,
which is detected when __ARM_FEATURE_ATOMICS is set (gcc-linaro >= 7,
mainline >= 9). This one was tested on cortex-A55 (S905D3) and on AWS'
Graviton2 CPUs.
The instruction performs way better on high thread counts since it
guarantees some forward progress when facing extreme contention while
the original LL/SC approach is light on low-thread counts but doesn't
guarantee progress.
The implementation is not the most optimal possible. In particular since
the instruction requires to work on register pairs and there doesn't seem
to be a way to force gcc to emit register pairs, we have to decide to force
to use the pair (x0,x1) to store the old value, and (x2,x3) to store the
new one, and this necessarily involves some extra moves. But at least it
does improve the situation with 16 threads and more. See issue #958 for
more context.
Note, a first implementation of this function was making use of an
input/output constraint passed using "+Q"(*(void**)target), which was
resulting in smaller overall code than passing "target" as an input
register only. It turned out that the cause was directly related to
whether the function was inlined or not, hence the "forceinline"
attribute. Any changes to this code should still pay attention to this
important factor.
On highly threaded machines it is possible to occasionally trigger the
watchdog on certain contended areas like the server's connection list,
because while the mechanism inherently cannot guarantee a constant
progress, it lacks CPU relax calls which are absolutely necessary in
this situation to let a thread finish its job.
The loop's "while (1)" was changed to use a "for" statement calling
__ha_cpu_relax() as its continuation expression. This way the "continue"
statements jump to the unique place containing the pause without
excessively inflating the code.
This was sufficient to definitely fix the problem on 64-core ARM Graviton2
machines. This patch should probably be backported once it's confirmed it
also helps on many-cores x86 machines since some people are facing
contention in these environments. This patch depends on previous commit
"REORG: atomic: reimplement pl_cpu_relax() from atomic-ops.h".
An attempt was made to first read the value before exchanging, and it
significantly degraded the performance. It's very likely that this caused
other cores to lose exclusive ownership on their line and slow down their
next xchg operation.
In addition it was found that MT_LIST_ADD is significantly faster than
MT_LIST_ADDQ under high contention, because it fails one step earlier
when conflicting with an adjacent MT_LIST_DEL(). It might be worth
switching some operations' order to favor MT_LIST_ADDQ() instead.
There is some confusion here as we need to place some cpu_relax statements
in some loops where it's not easily possible to condition them on the use
of threads. That's what atomic.h already does. So let's take the various
pl_cpu_relax() implementations from there and place them in atomic.h under
the name __ha_cpu_relax() and let them adapt to the presence or absence of
threads and to the architecture (currently only x86 and aarch64 use a barrier
instruction), though it's very likely that arm would work well with a cache
flushing ISB instruction as well).
This time they were implemented as expressions returning 1 rather than
statements, in order to ease their placement as the loop condition or the
continuation expression inside "for" loops. We should probably do the same
with barriers and a few such other ones.
If dispatch mode or transparent backend is used, the backend connection
target is a proxy instead of a server. In these cases, the reuse of
backend connections is not consistent.
With the default behavior, no reuse is done and every new request uses a
new connection. However, if http-reuse is set to never, the connection
are stored by the mux in the session and can be reused for future
requests in the same session.
As no server is used for these connections, no reuse can be made outside
of the session, similarly to http-reuse never mode. A different
http-reuse config value should not have an impact. To achieve this, mark
these connections as private to have a defined behavior.
For this feature to properly work, the connection hash has been slightly
adjusted. The server pointer as an input as been replaced by a generic
target pointer to refer to the server or proxy instance. The hash is
always calculated on connect_server even if the connection target is not
a server. This also requires to allocate the connection hash node for
every backend connections, not just the one with a server target.
Fix such compilation issues:
include/haproxy/quic_tls.h:157:10: error: implicit conversion from
'enum ssl_encryption_level_t' to 'enum quic_tls_enc_level'
[-Werror=enum-conversion]
157 | return ssl_encryption_application;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
src/xprt_quic.c: In function 'quic_conn_enc_level_init':
src/xprt_quic.c:2358:13: error: implicit conversion from
'enum quic_tls_enc_level' to 'enum ssl_encryption_level_t'
[-Werror=enum-conversion]
2358 | qel->level = quic_to_ssl_enc_level(level);
| ^
Not detected by all the compilators.
This makes the code more readable and less prone to copy-paste errors.
In addition, it allows to place some __builtin_constant_p() predicates
to trigger a link-time error in case the compiler knows that the freed
area is constant. It will also produce compile-time error if trying to
free something that is not a regular pointer (e.g. a function).
The DEBUG_MEM_STATS macro now also defines an instance for ha_free()
so that all these calls can be checked.
178 occurrences were converted. The vast majority of them were handled
by the following Coccinelle script, some slightly refined to better deal
with "&*x" or with long lines:
@ rule @
expression E;
@@
- free(E);
- E = NULL;
+ ha_free(&E);
It was verified that the resulting code is the same, more or less a
handful of cases where the compiler optimized slightly differently
the temporary variable that holds the copy of the pointer.
A non-negligible amount of {free(str);str=NULL;str_len=0;} are still
present in the config part (mostly header names in proxies). These
ones should also be cleaned for the same reasons, and probably be
turned into ist strings.
A network may be specified to avoid header addition for "forwardfor" and
"orignialto" option via the "except" parameter. However, only IPv4
networks/addresses are supported. This patch adds the support of IPv6.
To do so, the net_addr structure is used to store the parameter value in the
proxy structure. And ipcmp2net() function is used to perform the comparison.
This patch should fix the issue #1145. It depends on the following commit:
* c6ce0ab MINOR: tools: Add function to compare an address to a network address
* 5587287 MINOR: tools: Add net_addr structure describing a network addess
ipcmp2net() function may be used to compare an addres (struct
sockaddr_storage) to a network address (struct net_addr). Among other
things, this function will be used to add support of IPv6 for "except"
parameter of "forwardfor" and "originalto" options.
The net_addr structure describes a IPv4 or IPv6 address. Its ip and mask are
represented. Among other things, this structure will be used to add support
of IPv6 for "except" parameter of "forwardfor" and "originalto" options.
This class will be used exclusively for heavy processing tasklets. It
will be cleaner than mixing them with the bulk ones. For now it's
allocated ~1% of the CPU bandwidth.
The largest part of the patch consists in re-arranging the fields in the
task_per_thread structure to preserve a clean alignment with one more
list head. Since we're now forced to increase the struct past a second
cache line, it now uses 4 cache lines (for easy multiplying) with the
first two ones being exclusively used by local operations and the third
one mostly by atomic operations. Interestingly, this better arrangement
causes less stress and reduced the response time by 8 microseconds at
1 million requests per second.
These function names are unbearably long, they don't even fit into the
screen in "show profiling", let's trim the "_connections" to "_conns",
which happens to match the name of the lists there.
While the scheduler is priority-aware and class-aware, and consistently
tries to maintain fairness between all classes, it doesn't make use of a
fine execution budget to compensate for high-latency tasks such as TLS
handshakes. This can result in many subsequent calls adding multiple
milliseconds of latency between the various steps of other tasklets that
don't even depend on this.
An ideal solution would be to add a 4th queue, have all tasks announce
their estimated cost upfront and let the scheduler maintain an auto-
refilling budget to pick from the most suitable queue.
But it turns out that a very simplified version of this already provides
impressive gains with very tiny changes and could easily be backported.
The principle is to reserve a new task flag "TASK_HEAVY" that indicates
that a task is expected to take a lot of time without yielding (e.g. an
SSL handshake typically takes 700 microseconds of crypto computation).
When the scheduler sees this flag when queuing a tasklet, it will place
it into the bulk queue. And during dequeuing, we accept only one of
these in a full round. This means that the first one will be accepted,
will not prevent other lower priority tasks from running, but if a new
one arrives, then the queue stops here and goes back to the polling.
This will allow to collect more important updates for other tasks that
will be batched before the next call of a heavy task.
Preliminary tests consisting in placing this flag on the SSL handshake
tasklet show that response times under SSL stress fell from 14 ms
before the patch to 3.0 ms with the patch, and even 1.8 ms if
tune.sched.low-latency is set to "on".
Some static functions are now exported and renamed to follow the same
pattern of other exported functions. Here is the list :
* update_server_fqdn: Renamed to srv_update_fqdn and exported
* update_server_check_addr_port: renamed to srv_update_check_addr_port and exported
* update_server_agent_addr_port: renamed to srv_update_agent_addr_port and exported
* update_server_addr: renamed to srv_update_addr
* update_server_addr_potr: renamed to srv_update_addr_port
* srv_prepare_for_resolution: exported
This change is mandatory to move all functions dealing with the server-state
files in a separate file.
Parsed parameters are now stored in the tree of server-state lines. This
way, a line from the global server-state file is only parsed once. Before,
it was parsed a first time to store it in the tree and one more time to load
the server state. To do so, the server-state line object must be allocated
before parsing a line. This means its size must no longer depend on the
length of first parsed parameters (backend and server names). Thus the node
type was changed to use a hashed key instead of a string.
The structure used to store a server-state line in an eb-tree has a too
generic name. Instead of state_line, the structure is renamed as
server_state_line.
<state_line.name_name> field is a node in an eb-tree. Thus, instead of
"name_name", we now use "node" to name this field. If is a more explicit
name and not too strange.
It is extremely useful to be able to observe the wakeup latency of some
important I/O operations, so let's accept to inflate the tasklet struct
by 8 extra bytes when DEBUG_TASK is set. With just this we have enough
to get live reports like this:
$ socat - /tmp/sock1 <<< "show profiling"
Per-task CPU profiling : on # set profiling tasks {on|auto|off}
Tasks activity:
function calls cpu_tot cpu_avg lat_tot lat_avg
si_cs_io_cb 8099492 4.833s 596.0ns 8.974m 66.48us
h1_io_cb 7460365 11.55s 1.548us 2.477m 19.92us
process_stream 7383828 22.79s 3.086us 18.39m 149.5us
h1_timeout_task 4157 - - 348.4ms 83.81us
srv_cleanup_toremove_connections751 39.70ms 52.86us 10.54ms 14.04us
srv_cleanup_idle_connections 21 1.405ms 66.89us 30.82us 1.467us
task_run_applet 16 1.058ms 66.13us 446.2us 27.89us
accept_queue_process 7 34.53us 4.933us 333.1us 47.58us
Instead of decrementing grq_total once per task picked from the global
run queue, let's do it at once after the loop like we do for other
counters. This simplifies the code everywhere. It is not expected to
bring noticeable improvements however, since global tasks tend to be
less common nowadays.
The function htx_reserve_max_data() should be used to get an HTX DATA block
with the max possible size. A current block may be extended or a new one
created, depending on the HTX message state. But the idea is to let the
caller to copy a bunch of data without requesting many new blocks. It is its
responsibility to resize the block at the end, to set the final block size.
This function will be used to parse messages with small chunks. Indeed, we
can have more than 2700 1-byte chunks in a 16Kb of input data. So it is easy
to understand how this function may help to improve the parsing of chunk
messages.
When a SRV record was created, it used to register the regular server name
resolution callbacks. That said, SRV records and regular server name
resolution don't work the same way, furthermore on error management.
This patch introduces a new call back to manage DNS errors related to
the SRV queries.
this fixes github issue #50.
Backport status: 2.3, 2.2, 2.1, 2.0
In fd_set_running_excl() we don't reset the old mask in the CAS loop,
so if we fail on the first round, we'll forcefully take the FD on the
next one.
In practice it's used bu fd_insert() and fd_delete() only, none of which
is supposed to be passed an FD which is still in use since in practice,
given that for now only listeners may be enabled on multiple threads at
once.
This can be backported to 2.2 but shouldn't result in fixing any user
visible bug for now.
This function has become large with the multi-queue scheduler. We need
to keep the fast path and the debugging parts inlined, but the rest now
moves to task.c just like was done for task_wakeup(). This has reduced
the code size by 6kB due to less inlining of large parts that are always
context-dependent, and as a side effect, has increased the overall
performance by 1%.
The nb_tasks counter was still global and gets incremented and decremented
for each task_new()/task_free(), and was read in process_runnable_tasks().
But it's only used for stats reporting, so doing this this often is
pointless and expensive. Let's move it to the task_per_thread struct and
have the stats sum it when needed.
Historically we used to call __task_wakeup() with a known tree root but
this is not the case and the code has remained needlessly complicated
with the root calculation in task_wakeup() passed in argument to
__task_wakeup() which compares it again.
Let's get rid of this and just move the detection code there. This
eliminates some ifdefs and allows to simplify the test conditions quite
a bit.
This one is systematically misunderstood due to its unclear name. It
is in fact the number of tasks in the local tasklet list. Let's call
it "tasks_in_list" to remove some of the confusion.
This one is exclusively used as a boolean nowadays and is non-zero only
when the thread-local run queue is not empty. Better check the root tree's
pointer and avoid updating this counter all the time.
This counter is solely used for reporting in the stats and is the hottest
thread contention point to date. Moving it to the scheduler and having a
separate one for the global run queue dramatically improves the performance,
showing a 12% boost on the request rate on 16 threads!
In addition, the thread debugging output which used to rely on rqueue_size
was not totally accurate as it would only report task counts. Now we can
return the exact thread's run queue length.
It is also interesting to note that there are still a few other task/tasklet
counters in the scheduler that are not efficiently updated because some cover
a single area and others cover multiple areas. It looks like having a distinct
counter for each of the following entries would help and would keep the code
a bit cleaner:
- global run queue (tree)
- per-thread run queue (tree)
- per-thread shared tasklets list
- per-thread local lists
Maybe even splitting the shared tasklets lists between pure tasklets and
tasks instead of having the whole and tasks would simplify the code because
there remain a number of places where several counters have to be updated.
The lock was still used exclusively to deal with the concurrency between
the "show sess" release handler and a stream_new() or stream_free() on
another thread. All other accesses made by "show sess" are already done
under thread isolation. The release handler only requires to unlink its
node when stopping in the middle of a dump (error, timeout etc). Let's
just isolate the thread to deal with this case so that it's compatible
with the dump conditions, and remove all remaining locking on the streams.
This effectively kills the streams lock. The measured gain here is around
1.6% with 4 threads (374krps -> 380k).
The global streams list is exclusively used for "show sess", to look up
a stream to shut down, and for the hard-stop. Having all of them in a
single list is extremely expensive in terms of locking when using threads,
with performance losses as high as 7% having been observed just due to
this.
This patch makes the list per-thread, since there's no need to have a
global one in this situation. All call places just iterate over all
threads. The most "invasive" changes was in "show sess" where the end
of list needs to go back to the beginning of next thread's list until
the last thread is seen. For now the lock was maintained to keep the
code auditable but a next commit should get rid of it.
The observed performance gain here with only 4 threads is already 7%
(350krps -> 374krps).
The "show sess" CLI command currently lists all streams and needs to
stop at a given position to avoid dumping forever. Since 2.2 with
commit c6e7a1b8e ("MINOR: cli: make "show sess" stop at the last known
session"), a hack consists in unlinking the stream running the applet
and linking it again at the current end of the list, in order to serve
as a delimiter. But this forces the stream list to be global, which
affects scalability.
This patch introduces an epoch, which is a global 32-bit counter that
is incremented by the "show sess" command, and which is copied by newly
created streams. This way any stream can know whether any other one is
newer or older than itself.
For now it's only stored and not exploited.
RAND_keep_random_devices_open is OpenSSL specific function, not
implemented in LibreSSL and BoringSSL. Let us define guard
HAVE_SSL_RAND_KEEP_RANDOM_DEVICES_OPEN in include/haproxy/openssl-compat.h
That guard does not depend anymore on HA_OPENSSL_VERSION
The runqueue_ticks counts the number of task wakeups and is used to
position new tasks in the run queue, but since we've had per-thread
run queues, the values there are not very relevant anymore and the
nice value doesn't apply well if some threads are more loaded than
others. In addition, letting all threads compete over a shared counter
is not smart as this may cause some excessive contention.
Let's move this index close to the run queues themselves, i.e. one per
thread and a global one. In addition to improving fairness, this has
increased global performance by 2% on 16 threads thanks to the lower
contention on rqueue_ticks.
Fairness issues were not observed, but if any were to be, this patch
could be backported as far as 2.0 to address them.
Historically this function would try to wake the most accurate number of
process_stream() waiters. But since the introduction of filters which could
also require buffers (e.g. for compression), things started not to be as
accurate anymore. Nowadays muxes and transport layers also use buffers, so
the runqueue size has nothing to do anymore with the number of supposed
users to come.
In addition to this, the threshold was compared to the number of free buffer
calculated as allocated minus used, but this didn't work anymore with local
pools since these counts are not updated upon alloc/free!
Let's clean this up and pass the number of released buffers instead, and
consider that each waiter successfully called counts as one buffer. This
is not rocket science and will not suddenly fix everything, but at least
it cannot be as wrong as it is today.
This could have been marked as a bug given that the current situation is
totally broken regarding this, but this probably doesn't completely fix
it, it only goes in a better direction. It is possible however that it
makes sense in the future to backport this as part of a larger series if
the situation significantly improves.
The buffer wait queue used to be global historically but this doest not
make any sense anymore given that the most common use case is to have
thread-local pools. Thus there's no point waking up waiters of other
threads after releasing an entry, as they won't benefit from it.
Let's move the queue head to the thread_info structure and use
ti->buffer_wq from now on.
This revert the commit 63e6cba12 ("MEDIUM: server: add server-states version
2"), but keeping all recent features added to the server-sate file. Instead
of adding a 2nd version for the server-state file format to handle the 5 new
fields added during the 2.4 development, these fields are considered as
optionnal during the parsing. So it is possible to load a server-state file
from HAProxy 2.3. However, from 2.4, these new fields are always dumped in
the server-state file. But it should not be a problem to load it on the 2.3.
This patch seems a bit huge but the diff ignoring the space is much smaller.
The version 2 of the server-state file format is reserved for a real
refactoring to address all issues of the current format.
Remove ebmb_node entry from struct connection and create a dedicated
struct conn_hash_node. struct connection contains now only a pointer to
a conn_hash_node, allocated only for connections where target is of type
OBJ_TYPE_SERVER. This will reduce memory footprints for every
connections that does not need http-reuse such as frontend connections.
In MT_LIST_TRY_ADDQ(), deal with the "prev" field of the element before the
"next". If the element is the first in the list, then its next will
already have been locked when we locked list->prev->next, so locking it
again will fail, and we'll start over and over.
This should be backported to 2.3.
The maximum number of connections accepted at once by a thread for a single
listener used to default to 64 divided by the number of processes but the
tasklet-based model is much more scalable and benefits from smaller values.
Experimentation has shown that 4 gives the highest accept rate for all
thread values, and that 3 and 5 come very close, as shown below (HTTP/1
connections forwarded per second at multi-accept 4 and 64):
ac\thr| 1 2 4 8 16
------+------------------------------
4| 80k 106k 168k 270k 336k
64| 63k 89k 145k 230k 274k
Some tests were also conducted on SSL and absolutely no change was observed.
The value was placed into a define because it used to be spread all over the
code.
It might be useful at some point to backport this to 2.3 and 2.2 to help
those who observed some performance regressions from 1.6.
Since a lot of internal callbacks were turned to tasklets, the runqueue
depth had not been readjusted from the default 200 which was initially
used to favor batched processing. But nowadays it appears too large
already based on the following tests conducted on a 8c16t machine with
a simple config involving "balance leastconn" and one server. The setup
always involved the two threads of a same CPU core except for 1 thread,
and the client was running over 1000 concurrent H1 connections. The
number of requests per second is reported for each (runqueue-depth,
nbthread) couple:
rq\thr| 1 2 4 8 16
------+------------------------------
32| 120k 159k 276k 477k 698k
40| 122k 160k 276k 478k 722k
48| 121k 159k 274k 482k 720k
64| 121k 160k 274k 469k 710k
200| 114k 150k 247k 415k 613k <-- default
It's possible to save up to about 18% performance by lowering the
default value to 40. One possible explanation to this is that checking
I/Os more frequently allows to flush buffers faster and to smooth the
I/O wait time over multiple operations instead of alternating phases
of processing, waiting for locks and waiting for new I/Os.
The total round trip time also fell from 1.62ms to 1.40ms on average,
among which at least 0.5ms is attributed to the testing tools since
this is the minimum attainable on the loopback.
After some observation it would be nice to backport this to 2.3 and
2.2 which observe similar improvements, since some users have already
observed some perf regressions between 1.6 and 2.2.
SCTL (signed certificate timestamp list) specified in RFC6962
was implemented in c74ce24cd22e8c683ba0e5353c0762f8616e597d, let
us introduce macro HAVE_SSL_SCTL for the HAVE_SSL_SCTL sake,
which in turn is based on SN_ct_cert_scts, which comes in the same commit
smp_is_safe() function is used to be sure a sample may be safely
modified. For string samples, a test is performed to verify if there is a
null-terminated byte. If not, one is added, if possible. It means if the
sample is not const and if there is some free space in the buffer, after
data. However, we must not try to read the null-terminated byte if the
string sample is too long (data >= size) or if the size is equal to
zero. This last test was not performed. Thus it was possible to consider a
string sample as safe by testing a byte outside the buffer.
Now, a zero size string sample is always considered as unsafe and is
duplicated when smp_make_safe() is called.
This patch must be backported in all stable versions.
It's pretty easy to pre-initialize the index, change it on free() and check
it during the wakeup, so let's do this to ease detection of any accidental
task_wakeup() after a task_free() or tasklet_wakeup() after a tasklet_free().
If this would ever happen we'd then get a backtrace and a core now. The
index's parity is respected so that the call history remains exploitable.
The idea is to know who woke a task up, by recording the last two
callers in a rotating mode. For now it's trivial with task_wakeup()
but tasklet_wakeup_on() will require quite some more changes.
This typically gives this from the debugger:
(gdb) p t->debug
$2 = {
caller_file = {0x0, 0x8c0d80 "src/task.c"},
caller_line = {0, 260},
caller_idx = 1
}
or this:
(gdb) p t->debug
$6 = {
caller_file = {0x7fffe40329e0 "", 0x885feb "src/stream.c"},
caller_line = {284, 284},
caller_idx = 1
}
But it also provides a trivial macro allowing to simply place a call in
a task/tasklet handler that needs to be observed:
DEBUG_TASK_PRINT_CALLER(t);
Then starting haproxy this way would trivially yield such info:
$ ./haproxy -db -f test.cfg | sort | uniq -c | sort -nr
199992 h1_io_cb woken up from src/sock.c:797
51764 h1_io_cb woken up from src/mux_h1.c:3634
65 h1_io_cb woken up from src/connection.c:169
45 h1_io_cb woken up from src/sock.c:777
The two algos defining these functions (first and leastconn) do not need the
server's lock. However it's already present in pendconn_process_next_strm()
so the API must be updated so that the functions may take it if needed and
that the callers indicate whether they already own it.
As such, the call places (backend.c and stream.c) now do not take it
anymore, queue.c was unchanged since it's already held, and both "first"
and "leastconn" were updated to take it if not already held.
A quick test on the "first" algo showed a jump from 432 to 565k rps by
just dropping the lock in stream.c!
This reverts commit 8f1f177ed0.
Repeated tests have shown a small perforamnce degradation of ~1.8%
caused by this patch at high request rates on 16 threads. The exact
cause is not yet perfectly known but it probably stems in slower
accesses for non-64-bit aligned atomic accesses.
The remaining contention on the server lock solely comes from
sess_change_server() which takes the lock to add and remove a
stream from the server's actconn list. This is both expensive
and pointless since we have mt-lists, and this list is only
used by the CLI's "shutdown server sessions" command!
Let's migrate to an mt-list and remove the need for this costly
lock. By doing so, the request rate increased by ~1.8%.
Since OTHER_LOCK is commonly used it's become much more difficult to
profile lock contention by temporarily changing a lock label. Let's
add DEBUG1..5 to serve only for debugging. These ones must not be
used in committed code. We could decide to only define them when
DEBUG_THREAD is set but that would complicate attempts at measuring
performance with debugging turned off.
The server lock was taken preventively for anything in health_adjust(),
including the static config checks needed to detect that the lock was not
needed, while the function is always called on the response path to update
a server's status. This was responsible for huge contention causing a
performance drop of about 17% on 16 threads. Let's move the lock only
where it should be, i.e. inside the function around the critical sections
only. By doing this, a 16-thread process jumped back from 575 to 675 krps.
This should be backported to 2.3 as the situation degraded there, and
maybe later to 2.2.
Always try to remove a connexion from its toremove_list in conn_free.
This prevents a double-free in case the connection is freed but was
already added in toremove_list.
This bug was easily reproduced by running 4-5 runs of inject on a
single-thread instance of haproxy :
$ inject -u 10000 -d 10 -G 127.0.0.1:20080
A crash would soon be triggered in srv_cleanup_toremove_connections.
This does not need to be backported.
move listen status to a helper, defining both status enum and string
definition.
this will be helpful to be reused in prometheus code. It also removes
this hard-to-read nested ternary.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
prometheus approach requires to output all values for a given metric
name; meaning we iterate through all metrics, and then iterate in the
inner loop on all objects for this metric.
In order to allow more code reuse, adapt the stats API to be able to
select one field or fill them all otherwise.
From this patch it should be possible to add support for listen stats in
prometheus.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
This patch introduce the "dns_stream_nameserver" to use DNS over
TCP on strict nameservers. For the upper layer it is analog to
the api used with udp nameservers except that the user que switch
the name server in "stream" mode at the init using "dns_stream_init".
The fallback from UDP to TCP is not handled and this is not the
purpose of this feature. This is done to choose the transport layer
during the initialization.
Currently there is a hardcoded limit of 4 pipelined transactions
per TCP connections. A batch of idle connections is expired every 5s.
This code is designed to support a maximum DNS message size on TCP: 64k.
Note: this code won't perform retry on unanswered queries this
should be handled by the upper layer
This patch splits current dns.c into two files:
The first dns.c contains code related to DNS message exchange over UDP
and in future other TCP. We try to remove depencies to resolving
to make it usable by other stuff as DNS load balancing.
The new resolvers.c inherit of the code specific to the actual
resolvers.
Note:
It was really difficult to obtain a clean diff dur to the amount
of moved code.
Note2:
Counters and stuff related to stats is not cleany separated because
currently counters for both layers are merged and hard to separate
for now.
This patch splits recv and send functions in two layers. the
lowest is responsible of DNS message transactions over
the network. Doing this we could use DNS message layer
for something else than resolving. Load balancing for instance.
This patch also re-works the way to init a nameserver and
introduce the new struct dns_dgram_server to prepare the arrival
of dns_stream_server and the support of DNS over TCP.
The way to retry a send failure of a request because of EAGAIN
was re-worked. Previously there was no control and all "pending"
queries were re-played each time it reaches a EAGAIN. This
patch introduce a ring to stack messages in case of sent
failure. This patch is emptied if poller shows that the
socket is ready again to push messages.
Counters are currently stored into lowlevel nameservers struct but
most of them are resolving layer data and increased in the upper layer
So this patch renames the prototype used to allocate/dump them with prefix
'resolv' waiting for a clean split.
Some types are specific to resolver code and a renamed using
the 'resolv' prefix instead 'dns'.
-struct dns_query_item {
+struct resolv_query_item {
-struct dns_answer_item {
+struct resolv_answer_item {
-struct dns_response_packet {
+struct resolv_response {
This patch adds the attribute packed on struct dns_question
because it is directly memcpy to network building a response.
This patch also removes the commented line:
// struct list options; /* list of option records */
because it is also used directly using memcpy to build a request
and must not contain host data.
Resolv callbacks are also updated to rely on counters and not on
nameservers.
"show stat domain dns" will now show the parent id (i.e. resolvers
section name).
The "show peers" output has become huge due to the dictionaries making it
less readable. Now this feature has reached a certain level of maturity
which doesn't warrant to dump it all the time, given that it was essentially
needed by developers. Let's make it optional, and disabled by default, only
when "show peers dict" is requested. The default output reminds about the
command. The output has been divided by 5 :
$ socat - /tmp/sock1 <<< "show peers dict" | wc -l
125
$ socat - /tmp/sock1 <<< "show peers" | wc -l
26
It could be useful to backport this to recent stable versions.
Now default proxies are stored into a dedicated tree, sorted by name.
Only unnamed entries are not kept upon new section creation. The very
first call to cfg_parse_listen() will automatically allocate a dummy
defaults section which corresponds to the previous static one, since
the code requires to have one at a few places.
The first immediately visible benefit is that it allows to reuse
alloc_new_proxy() to allocate a defaults section instead of doing it by
hand. And the secret goal is to allow to keep multiple named defaults
section in memory to reuse them from various proxies.
Now we'll have a tree of named defaults sections. The regular insertion
and lookup functions take care of the capability in order to select the
appropriate tree. A new function proxy_destroy_defaults() removes a
proxy from this tree and frees it entirely.
We don't want to expose this one anymore as we'll soon keep multiple
default proxies. Let's move it inside the parser which is the only
place which still uses it, and initialize it on the fly once needed
instead of doing it at boot time.
The default proxy was passed as a variable, which in addition to being
a PITA to deal with in the config parser, doesn't feel safe to use when
it ought to be const.
This will only affect new code so no backport is needed.
The default proxy was passed as a variable, which in addition to being
a PITA to deal with in the config parser, doesn't feel safe to use when
it ought to be const.
This will only affect new code so no backport is needed.
The default proxy was passed as a variable, which in addition to being
a PITA to deal with in the config parser, doesn't feel safe to use when
it ought to be const.
This will only affect new code so no backport is needed.
This used to be open-coded in cfgparse-listen.c when facing a "defaults"
keyword. Let's move this into proxy_free_defaults(). This code is ugly and
doesn't even reset the just freed pointers. Let's not change this yet.
This code should probably be merged with a generic proxy deinit function
called from deinit(). However there's a catch on uri_auth which cannot be
freed because it might be used by one or several proxies. We definitely
need refcounts there!
This new function takes over the old open-coding that used to be done
for too long in cfg_parse_listen() and it now does everything at once
in a proxy-centric function. The function does all the job of allocating
the structure, initializing it, presetting its defaults from the default
proxy and checking for errors. The code was almost unchanged except for
defproxy being passed as a pointer, and the error message being passed
using memprintf().
This change will be needed to ease reuse of multiple default proxies,
or to create dynamic backends in a distant future.
init_default_instance() was still left in cfgparse.c which is not the
best place to pre-initialize a proxy. Let's place it in proxy.c just
after init_new_proxy(), take this opportunity for renaming it to
proxy_preset_defaults() and taking out init_new_proxy() from it, and
let's pass it the pointer to the default proxy to be initialized instead
of implicitly assuming defproxy. We'll soon be able to exploit this.
Only two call places had to be updated.
struct comp is used in struct proxy but never declared prior to this
so depending on where proxy.h is included, touching the <comp> field
can break the build.
This is just an API bug but it's annoying when trying to tidy the code.
The source list passed in argument must be a const and not a variable,
as it's typically the list head from a default proxy and must obviously
not be modified by the function. No backport is needed as it only impacts
new code.
This is just an API bug but it's annoying when trying to tidy the code.
The default proxy passed in argument must be a const and not a variable.
No backport is needed as it only impacts new code.
In 2.1, commit ee4f5f83d ("MINOR: stats: get rid of the ST_CONVDONE flag")
introduced a subtle bug. By testing curproxy against defproxy in
check_config_validity(), it tried to eliminate the need for a flag
to indicate that stats authentication rules were already compiled,
but by doing so it left the issue opened for the case where a new
defaults section appears after the two proxies sharing the first
one:
defaults
mode http
stats auth foo:bar
listen l1
bind :8080
listen l2
bind :8181
defaults
# just to break above
This config results in:
[ALERT] 042/113725 (3121) : proxy 'f2': stats 'auth'/'realm' and 'http-request' can't be used at the same time.
[ALERT] 042/113725 (3121) : Fatal errors found in configuration.
Removing the last defaults remains OK. It turns out that the cleanups
that followed that patch render it useless, so the best fix is to revert
the change (with the up-to-date flags instead). The flag was marked as
belonging to the config. It's not exact but it's the closest to the
reality, as it's not there to configure the behavior but ti mention
that the config parser did its job.
This could be backported as far as 2.1, but in practice it looks like
nobody ever hit it.
logical followup from cli commands addition, so that the state server
file stays compatible with the changes made at runtime; use previously
added helper to load server attributes.
also alloc a specific chunk to avoid mixing with other called functions
using it
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
Even if it is possibly too much work for the current usage, it makes
sure we don't break states file from v2.3 to v2.4; indeed, since v2.3,
we introduced two new fields, so we put them aside to guarantee we can
easily reload from a version 1.
The diff seems huge but there is no specific change apart from:
- introduce v2 where it is needed (parsing, update)
- move away from switch/case in update to be able to reuse code
- move srv lock to the whole function to make it easier
this patch confirm how painful it is to maintain this functionality.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
Use the proxy protocol frame if proxy protocol is activated on the
server line. Do not add anymore these connections in the private list.
If some requests are made with the same proxy fields, they can reuse
the idle connection.
The reg-tests proxy_protocol_send_unique_id must be adapted has it
relied on the side effect behavior that every requests from a same
connection reused a private server connection. Now, a new connection is
created as expected if the proxy protocol fields differ.
The source address is used as an input to the the server connection hash. The
address and port are used as separate hash inputs. Do not add anymore these
connections in the private list.
This parameter is set only if used in the transparent-proxy mode.
The destination address is used as an input to the server connection hash. The
address and port are used as separated hash inputs. Note that they are not used
when statically specified on the server line. This is only useful for dynamic
destination address.
This is typically used when the server address is dynamically set via the
set-dst action. The address and port are separated hash parameters.
Most notably, it should fixed set-dst use case (cf github issue #947).
The sni parameter is an input to the server connection hash. Do not add
anymore connections with dynamic sni in the private list. Thus, it is
now possible to reuse a server connection if they use the same sni.
Compare the connection hash when reusing a connection from the session.
This ensures that a private connection is reused only if it shares the
same set of parameters.
The pointer of the target server is used as a first parameter for the
server connection hash calcul. This prevents the hash to be null when no
specific parameters are present, and can serve as a simple defense
against an attacker trying to reuse a non-conform connection.
This is a preliminary work for the calcul of the backend connection
hash. A structure conn_hash_params is the input for the operation,
containing the various specific parameters of a connection.
The high bits of the hash will reflect the parameters present as input.
A set of macros is written to manipulate the connection hash and extract
the parameters/payload.
The server idle/safe/available connection lists are replaced with ebmb-
trees. This is used to store backend connections, with the new field
connection hash as the key. The hash is a 8-bytes size field, used to
reflect specific connection parameters.
This is a preliminary work to be able to reuse connection with SNI,
explicit src/dst address or PROXY protocol.
This is a preparation work for connection reuse with sni/proxy
protocol/specific src-dst addresses.
Protect every access to idle conn lists with a lock. This is currently
strictly not needed because the access to the list are made with atomic
operations. However, to be able to reuse connection with specific
parameters, the list storage will be converted to eb-trees. As this
structure does not have atomic operation, it is mandatory to protect it
with a lock.
For this, the takeover lock is reused. Its role was to protect during
connection takeover. As it is now extended to general idle conns usage,
it is renamed to idle_conns_lock. A new lock section is also
instantiated named IDLE_CONNS_LOCK to isolate its impact on performance.
Since commit 3169471964 ("MINOR: Add
server port field to server state file.") max_fields was not increased
on version number 1. So this patch aims to fix it. This should be
backported as far as v1.8, but the numbering should be adpated depending
on the version: simply increase the field by 1.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
Amaury reported that the commit 3ce6eed ("MEDIUM: ssl: add a rwlock for
SSL server session cache") introduced some warning during compilation:
include/haproxy/thread.h|411 col 2| warning: enumeration value 'SSL_SERVER_LOCK' not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
This patch fix the issue by adding the right entry in the switch block.
Must be backported where 3ce6eed is backported. (2.4 only for now)
Historically we've been counting lots of client-triggered events in stick
tables to help detect misbehaving ones, but we've been missing the same on
the server side, and there's been repeated requests for being able to count
the server errors per URL in order to precisely monitor the quality of
service or even to avoid routing requests to certain dead services, which
is also called "circuit breaking" nowadays.
This commit introduces http_fail_cnt and http_fail_rate, which work like
http_err_cnt and http_err_rate in that they respectively count events and
their frequency, but they only consider server-side issues such as network
errors, unparsable and truncated responses, and 5xx status codes other
than 501 and 505 (since these ones are usually triggered by the client).
Note that retryable errors are purposely not accounted for, so that only
what the client really sees is considered.
With this it becomes very simple to put some protective measures in place
to perform a redirect or return an excuse page when the error rate goes
beyond a certain threshold for a given URL, and give more chances to the
server to recover from this condition. Typically it could look like this
to bypass a URL causing more than 10 requests per second:
stick-table type string len 80 size 4k expire 1m store http_fail_rate(1m)
http-request track-sc0 base # track host+path, ignore query string
http-request return status 503 content-type text/html \
lf-file excuse.html if { sc0_http_fail_rate gt 10 }
A more advanced mechanism using gpt0 could even implement high/low rates
to disable/enable the service.
Reg-test converteers_ref_cnt_never_dec.vtc was updated to test it.
mul32hi() multiples a constant a with a variable b from 0 to 0xffffffff
and shifts the result by 32 bits. It's visible that it's always impossible
to reach the constant a this way because the product always misses exactly
one unit of a to be preserved. And this cannot be corrected by the caller
either as adding one to the output will only shift the output range, and
it's not possible to pass 2^32 on the ratio <b>. The right approach is to
add "a" after the multiplication so that the input range is always
preserved for all ratio values from 0 to 0xffffffff:
(a=0x00000000 * b=0x00000000 + a=0x00000000) >> 32 = 0x00000000
(a=0x00000000 * b=0x00000001 + a=0x00000000) >> 32 = 0x00000000
(a=0x00000000 * b=0xffffffff + a=0x00000000) >> 32 = 0x00000000
(a=0x00000001 * b=0x00000000 + a=0x00000001) >> 32 = 0x00000000
(a=0x00000001 * b=0x00000001 + a=0x00000001) >> 32 = 0x00000000
(a=0x00000001 * b=0xffffffff + a=0x00000001) >> 32 = 0x00000001
(a=0xffffffff * b=0x00000000 + a=0xffffffff) >> 32 = 0x00000000
(a=0xffffffff * b=0x00000001 + a=0xffffffff) >> 32 = 0x00000001
(a=0xffffffff * b=0xffffffff + a=0xffffffff) >> 32 = 0xffffffff
This is only used in freq_ctr calculations and the slightly lower value
is unlikely to have ever been noticed by anyone. This may be backported
though it is not important.
When adding the server side support for certificate update over the CLI
we encountered a design problem with the SSL session cache which was not
locked.
Indeed, once a certificate is updated we need to flush the cache, but we
also need to ensure that the cache is not used during the update.
To prevent the use of the cache during an update, this patch introduce a
rwlock for the SSL server session cache.
In the SSL session part this patch only lock in read, even if it writes.
The reason behind this, is that in the session part, there is one cache
storage per thread so it is not a problem to write in the cache from
several threads. The problem is only when trying to write in the cache
from the CLI (which could be on any thread) when a session is trying to
access the cache. So there is a write lock in the CLI part to prevent
simultaneous access by a session and the CLI.
This patch also remove the thread_isolate attempt which is eating too
much CPU time and was not protecting from the use of a free ptr in the
session.
HAVE_SSL_CTX_ADD_SERVER_CUSTOM_EXT was introduced in ec60909871
however it was defined as HAVE_SL_CTX_ADD_SERVER_CUSTOM_EXT (missing "S")
let us fix typo
There was a special case made to allow ARMv6 to use unaligned accesses
via a cast in xxHash when __ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED is defined. But while
ARMv6 (and v7) does support unaligned accesses, it's only for 32-bit
pointers, not 64-bit ones, leading to bus errors when the compiler emits
an ldrd instruction and the input (e.g. a pattern) is not aligned, as in
issue #1035.
Note that v7 was properly using the packed approach here and was safe,
however haproxy versions 2.3 and older use the old r39 xxhash code which
has the same issue for armv7. A slightly different fix is required there,
by using a different definition of packed for 32 and 64 bits.
The problem is really visible when running v7 code on a v8 kernel because
such kernels do not implement alignment trap emulation, and the process
dies when this happens. This is why in the issue above it was only detected
under lxc. The emulation could have been disabled on v7 as well by writing
zero to /proc/cpu/alignment though.
This commit is a backport of xxhash commit a470f2ef ("update default memory
access for armv6").
Thanks to @srkunze for the report and tests, @stgraber for his help on
setting up an easy reproducer outside of lxc, and @Cyan4973 for the
discussion around the best way to fix this. Details and alternate patches
available on https://github.com/Cyan4973/xxHash/issues/490.
in the same manner of agentaddr, we now:
- permit to set agentport through `port` keyword, like it is the case
for agentaddr through `addr`
- set the priority on `agent-port` keyword when used
- add a flag to be able to test when the value is set like for agentaddr
it makes the behaviour between `addr` and `port` more consistent.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
small consistency problem with `addr` and `agent-addr` options:
for the both options, the last one parsed is always used to set the
agent-check addr. Thus these two lines don't have the same behavior:
server ... addr <addr1> agent-addr <addr2>
server ... agent-addr <addr2> addr <addr1>
After this patch `agent-addr` will always be the priority option over
`addr`. It means we test the flag before setting agentaddr.
We also fix all the places where we did not set the flag to be coherent
everywhere.
I was not really able to determine where this issue is coming from. So
it is probable we may backport it to all stable version where the agent
is supported.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
We can currently change the check-port using the cli command `set server
check-port` but there is a consistency issue when using server state.
This patch aims to fix this problem but will be also a good preparation
work to get rid of checkport flag, so we are able to know when checkport
was set by config.
I am fully aware this is not making github #953 moving forward, I
however think this might be acceptable while waiting for a proper
solution and resolve consistency problem faced with port settings.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
While trying to fix some consistency problem with the config file/cli
(e.g. check-port cli command does not set the flag), we realised
checkport flag was not necessarily needed. Indeed tcpcheck uses service
port as the last choice if check.port is zero. So we can assume if
check.port is zero, it means it was never set by the user, regardless if
it is by the cli or config file. In the longterm this will avoid to
introduce a new consistency issue if we forget to set the flag.
in the same manner of checkport flag, we don't really need checkaddr
flag. We can assume if checkaddr is not set, it means it was never set
by the user or config.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
In order to unify prometheus and stats description, we need to clarify
the description for pending connections.
- remove the BE reference in counters struct, as it is also used in
servers
- remove reference of `qcur` field in description as it is specific to
stats implemention
- try to reword cur and max pending connections description
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
The function get_check_status_result() can now be used to get the result
code (CHK_RES_*) corresponding to a check status (HCHK_STATUS_*). It will be
used by the Prometheus exporter when reporting the check status of a server.
The new sched_activity structure will be used to collect task-level
activity based on the target function. The principle is to declare a
large enough array to make collisions rare (256 entries), and hash
the function pointer using a reduced XXH to decide where to store the
stats. On first computation an entry is definitely assigned to the
array and it's done atomically. A special entry (0) is used to store
collisions ("others"). The goal is to make it easy and inexpensive for
the scheduler code to use these to store #calls, cpu_time and lat_time
for each task.
In 2.0, commit d2d3348ac ("MINOR: activity: enable automatic profiling
turn on/off") introduced an automatic mode to enable/disable profiling.
The problem is that the automatic mode automatically changes to on/off,
which implied that the forced on/off modes aren't sticky anymore. It's
annoying when debugging because as soon as the load decreases, profiling
stops.
This makes a small change which ought to have been done first, which
consists in having two states for "auto" (auto-on, auto-off) to
distinguish them from the forced states. Setting to "auto" in the config
defaults to "auto-off" as before, and setting it on the CLI switches to
auto but keeps the current operating state.
This is simple enough to be backported to older releases if needed.
When reporting some values in debugging output we often need to have
some condensed, stable-length values. This function prints a duration
from nanosecond to years with at least 4 digits of accuracy using the
most suitable unit, always on 7 chars.
The allowed chunk size was historically limited to 2GB to avoid risk of
overflow. This restriction is no longer necessary because the chunk size is
immediately stored into a 64bits integer after the parsing. Thus, it is now
possible to raise this limit. However to never fed possibly bogus values
from languages that use floats for their integers, we don't get more than 13
hexa-digit (2^52 - 1). 4 petabytes is probably enough !
This patch should fix the issue #1065. It may be backported as far as
2.1. For the 2.0, the legacy HTTP part must be reviewed. But there is
honestely no reason to do so.
In order to announce support for the Extended CONNECT h2 method by
haproxy, always send the ENABLE_CONNECT_PROTOCOL h2 settings. This new
setting has been described in the rfc 8441.
After receiving ENABLE_CONNECT_PROTOCOL, the client is free to use the
Extended CONNECT h2 method. This can notably be useful for the support
of websocket handshake on http/2.
Support for the rfc 8441 Bootstraping WebSockets with HTTP/2
Convert an Extended CONNECT HTTP/2 request into a htx representation.
The htx message uses the GET method with an Upgrade header field to be
fully compatible with the equivalent HTTP/1.1 Upgrade mechanism.
The Extended CONNECT is of the following form :
:method = CONNECT
:protocol = websocket
:scheme = https
:path = /chat
:authority = server.example.com
The new pseudo-header :protocol has been defined and is used to identify
an Extended CONNECT method. Contrary to standard CONNECT, Extended
CONNECT must have :scheme, :path and :authority defined.
Add the header Sec-Websocket-Key when generating a h1 handshake websocket
without this header. This is the case when doing h2-h1 conversion.
The key is randomly generated and base64 encoded. It is stored on the session
side to be able to verify response key and reject it if not valid.
Support for the rfc 8441 Bootstraping WebSockets with HTTP/2
Convert a 200 status reply from an Extended CONNECT request into a htx
representation. The htx message is set to 101 status code to be fully
compatible with the equivalent HTTP/1.1 Upgrade mechanism.
This conversion is only done if the stream flags H2_SF_EXT_CONNECT_SENT
has been set. This is true if an Extended CONNECT request has already
been seen on the stream.
Besides the 101 status, the additional headers Connection/Upgrade are
added to the htx message. The protocol is set from the value stored in
h2s. Typically it will be extracted from the client request. This is
only used if the client is using h1 as only the HTTP/1.1 101 Response
contains the Upgrade header.
Add the Sec-Websocket-Accept header on a websocket handshake response.
This header may be missing if a h2 server is used with a h1 client.
The response key is calculated following the rfc6455. For this, the
handshake request key must be stored in the h1 session, as a new field
name ws_key. Note that this is only done if the message has been
prealably identified as a Websocket handshake request.
If a request is identified as a WebSocket handshake, it must contains a
websocket key header or else it can be reject, following the rfc6455.
A new flag H1_MF_UPG_WEBSOCKET is set on such messages. For the request
te be identified as a WebSocket handshake, it must contains the headers:
Connection: upgrade
Upgrade: websocket
This commit is a compagnon of
"MEDIUM: h1: generate WebSocket key on response if needed" and
"MEDIUM: h1: add a WebSocket key on handshake if needed".
Indeed, it ensures that a WebSocket key is added only from a http/2 side
and not for a http/1 bogus peer.
The H2 message flag H2_MSGF_BODYLESS_RSP is now used during the request or
the response parsing to notify the mux that, considering the parsed message,
the response is known to have no body. This happens during HEAD requests
parsing and during 204/304 responses parsing.
On the H2 multiplexer, the equivalent flag is set on H2 streams. Thus the
H2_SF_BODYLESS_RESP flag is set on a H2 stream if the H2_MSGF_BODYLESS_RSP
is found after a HEADERS frame parsing. Conversely, this flag is also set
when a HEADERS frame is emitted for HEAD requests and for 204/304 responses.
The H2_SF_BODYLESS_RESP flag will be used to ignore data payload from the
response but not the trailers.
The EOM block may be removed. The HTX_FL_EOM flags is enough. Most of time,
to know if the end of the message is reached, we just need to have an empty
HTX message with HTX_FL_EOM flag set. It may also be detected when the last
block of a message with HTX_FL_EOM flag is manipulated.
Removing EOM blocks simplifies the HTX message filling. Indeed, there is no
more edge problems when the message ends but there is no more space to write
the EOM block. However, some part are more tricky. Especially the
compression filter or the FCGI mux. The compression filter must finish the
compression on the last DATA block. Before it was performed on the EOM
block, an extra DATA block with the checksum was added. Now, we must detect
the last DATA block to be sure to finish the compression. The FCGI mux on
its part must be sure to reserve the space for the empty STDIN record on the
last DATA block while this record was inserted on the EOM block.
The H2 multiplexer is probably the part that benefits the most from this
change. Indeed, it is now fairly easier to known when to set the ES flag.
The HTX documentaion has been updated accordingly.
The htx_is_unique_blk() function may now be used to know if a block is the
only one in an HTX message, excluding all unused blocks. Note the purpose of
this function is not to know if a block is the last one of an HTTP message.
This means no more data part from the message are expected, except tunneled
data. It only says if a block is alone in an HTX message.
Add an HTX start-line flag and its counterpart into the HTTP message to
track the presence of the Upgrade option into the Connection header. This
way, without parsing the Connection header again, it will be easy to know if
a client asks for a protocol upgrade and if the server agrees to do so. It
will also be easy to perform some conformance checks when a
101-switching-protocols is received.
TCP to H1 upgrades are buggy for now. When such upgrade is performed, a
crash is experienced. The bug is the result of the recent H1 mux
refactoring, and more specifically because of the commit c4bfa59f1 ("MAJOR:
mux-h1: Create the client stream as later as possible"). Indeed, now the H1
mux is responsible to create the frontend conn-stream once the request
headers are fully received. Thus the TCP to H1 upgrade is a problem because
the frontend conn-stream already exists.
To fix the bug, we must keep this conn-stream and the associate stream and
use it in the H1 mux. To do so, the upgrade will be performed in two
steps. First, the mux is upgraded from mux-pt to mux-h1. Then, the mux-h1
performs the stream upgrade, once the request headers are fully received and
parsed. To do so, stream_upgrade_from_cs() must be used. This function set
the SF_HTX flags to switch the stream to HTX mode, it removes the SF_IGNORE
flags and eventually it fills the request channel with some input data.
This patch is required to fix the TCP to H1 upgrades and is intimately
linked with the next commits.
A bug was introduced by the early insertion of idle connections at the
end of connect_server. It is possible to reuse a connection not yet
ready waiting for an handshake (for example with proxy protocol or ssl).
A wrong duplicate xprt_handshake_io_cb tasklet is thus registered as a
side-effect.
This triggers the BUG_ON statement of xprt_handshake_subscribe :
BUG_ON(ctx->subs && ctx->subs != es);
To counter this, a check is now present in session_get_conn to only
return a connection without the flag CO_FL_WAIT_XPRT. This might cause
sometimes the creation of dedicated server connections when in theory
reuse could have been used, but probably only occurs rarely in real
condition.
This behavior is present since commit :
MEDIUM: connection: Add private connections synchronously in session server list
It could also be further exagerated by :
MEDIUM: backend: add reused conn to sess if mux marked as HOL blocking
It can be backported up to 2.3.
NOTE : This bug seems to be only reproducible with mode tcp, for an
unknown reason. However, reuse should never happen when not in http
mode. This improper behavior will be the subject of a dedicated patch.
This bug can easily be reproducible with the following config (a
webserver is required to accept proxy protocol on port 31080) :
global
defaults
mode tcp
timeout connect 1s
timeout server 1s
timeout client 1s
listen li
bind 0.0.0.0:4444
server bla1 127.0.0.1:31080 check send-proxy-v2
with the inject client :
$ inject -u 10000 -d 10 -G 127.0.0.1:4444
This should fix the github issue #1058.
Building with `"DEBUG=-DDEBUG_STRICT=1 -DDEBUG_USE_ABORT=1"` previously emitted the warning:
In file included from include/haproxy/api.h:35:0,
from src/mux_pt.c:13:
include/haproxy/buf.h: In function ‘br_init’:
include/haproxy/bug.h:42:90: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘abort’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
#define ABORT_NOW() do { extern void ha_backtrace_to_stderr(); ha_backtrace_to_stderr(); abort(); } while (0)
^
include/haproxy/bug.h:56:21: note: in expansion of macro ‘ABORT_NOW’
#define CRASH_NOW() ABORT_NOW()
^
include/haproxy/bug.h:68:4: note: in expansion of macro ‘CRASH_NOW’
CRASH_NOW(); \
^
include/haproxy/bug.h:62:35: note: in expansion of macro ‘__BUG_ON’
#define _BUG_ON(cond, file, line) __BUG_ON(cond, file, line)
^
include/haproxy/bug.h:61:22: note: in expansion of macro ‘_BUG_ON’
#define BUG_ON(cond) _BUG_ON(cond, __FILE__, __LINE__)
^
include/haproxy/buf.h:875:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘BUG_ON’
BUG_ON(size < 2);
^
This patch fixes that issue. The `DEBUG_USE_ABORT` option exists for use with
static analysis tools. No backport needed.
Since the server SSL_CTX is now stored in the ckch_inst, it is not
needed anymore to pass an SSL_CTX to ckch_inst_new_load_srv_store() and
ssl_sock_load_srv_ckchs().
The client_crt member is not used anymore since the server's ssl context
initialization now behaves the same way as the bind lines one (using
ckch stores and instances).
When trying to update a backend certificate, we should find a
server-side ckch instance thanks to which we can rebuild a new ssl
context and a new ckch instance that replace the previous ones in the
server structure. This way any new ssl session will be built out of the
new ssl context and the newly updated certificate.
This resolves a subpart of GitHub issue #427 (the certificate part)
In order for the backend server's certificate to be hot-updatable, it
needs to fit into the implementation used for the "bind" certificates.
This patch follows the architecture implemented for the frontend
implementation and reuses its structures and general function calls
(adapted for the server side).
The ckch store logic is kept and a dedicated ckch instance is used (one
per server). The whole sni_ctx logic was not kept though because it is
not needed.
All the new functions added in this patch are basically server-side
copies of functions that already exist on the frontend side with all the
sni and bind_cond references removed.
The ckch_inst structure has a new 'is_server_instance' flag which is
used to distinguish regular instances from the server-side ones, and a
new pointer to the server's structure in case of backend instance.
Since the new server ckch instances are linked to a standard ckch_store,
a lookup in the ckch store table will succeed so the cli code used to
update bind certificates needs to be covered to manage those new server
side ckch instances.
Split the server's ssl context initialization into the general ssl
related initializations and the actual initialization of a single
SSL_CTX structure. This way the context's initialization will be
usable by itself from elsewhere.
It is only a problem on the response path because the request payload length
it always known. But when a filter is registered to analyze the response
payload, the filtering may hang if the server closes just after the headers.
The root cause of the bug comes from an attempt to allow the filters to not
immediately forward the headers if necessary. A filter may choose to hold
the headers by not forwarding any bytes of the payload. For a message with
no payload but a known payload length, there is always a EOM block to
forward. Thus holding the EOM block for bodyless messages is a good way to
also hold the headers. However, messages with an unknown payload length,
there is no EOM block finishing the message, but only a SHUTR flag on the
channel to mark the end of the stream. If there is no payload when it
happens, there is no payload at all to forward. In the filters API, it is
wrongly detected as a condition to not forward the headers.
Because it is not the most used feature and not the obvious one, this patch
introduces another way to hold the message headers at the begining of the
forwarding. A filter flag is added to explicitly says the headers should be
hold. A filter may choose to set the STRM_FLT_FL_HOLD_HTTP_HDRS flag and not
forwad anything to hold the headers. This flag is removed at each call, thus
it must always be explicitly set by filters. This flag is only evaluated if
no byte has ever been forwarded because the headers are forwarded with the
first byte of the payload.
reg-tests/filters/random-forwarding.vtc reg-test is updated to also test
responses with unknown payload length (with and without payload).
This patch must be backported as far as 2.0.
prometheus approach requires to output all values for a given metric
name; meaning we iterate through all metrics, and then iterate in the
inner loop on all objects for this metric.
In order to allow more code reuse, adapt the stats API to be able to
select one field or fill them all otherwise.
This patch follows what has already been done on frontend and backend
side.
From this patch it should be possible to remove most of the duplicate
code on prometheuse side for the server.
A few things to note though:
- state require prior calculation, so I moved that to a sort of helper
`stats_fill_be_stats_computestate`.
- all ST_F*TIME fields requires some minor compute, so I moved it at te
beginning of the function under a condition.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
prometheus approach requires to output all values for a given metric
name; meaning we iterate through all metrics, and then iterate in the
inner loop on all objects for this metric.
In order to allow more code reuse, adapt the stats API to be able to
select one field or fill them all otherwise.
This patch follows what has already been done on frontend side.
From this patch it should be possible to remove most of the duplicate
code on prometheuse side for the backend
A few things to note though:
- status and uweight field requires prior compute, so I moved that to a
sort of helper `stats_fill_be_stats_computesrv`.
- all ST_F*TIME fields requires some minor compute, so I moved it at te
beginning of the function under a condition.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
while working on backend/servers I realised I could have written that in
a better way and avoid one extra break. This is slightly improving
readiness.
also while being here, fix function declaration which was not 100%
accurate.
this patch does not change the behaviour of the code.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
The dump state is now passed to the function so that the caller can adjust
the behavior. A new series of 4 values allow to stop *after* dumping main
instead of before it or any of the usual loops. This allows to also report
BUG_ON() that could happen very high in the call graph (e.g. startup, or
the scheduler itself) while still understanding what the call path was.
The purpose is to enable the dumping of a backtrace on BUG_ON(). While
it's very useful to know that a condition was met, very often some
caller context is missing to figure how the condition could happen.
From now on, on systems featuring backtrace, a backtrace of the calling
thread will also be dumped to stderr in addition to the unexpected
condition. This will help users of DEBUG_STRICT as they'll most often
find this backtrace in their logs even if they can't find their core
file.
A new "debug dev bug" expert-mode CLI command was added to test the
feature.
This function calls the ha_dump_backtrace() function with a locally
allocated buffer and sends the output slightly indented to fd #2. It's
meant to be used as an emergency backtrace dump.
The backtrace dumping code was located into the thread dump function
but it looks particularly convenient to be able to call it to produce
a dump in other situations, so let's move it to its own function and
make sure it's called last in the function so that we can benefit from
tail merging to save one entry.
In order to simplify the code and remove annoying ifdefs everywhere,
let's always export my_backtrace() and make it adapt to the situation
and return zero if not supported. A small update in the thread dump
function was needed to make sure we don't use its results if it fails
now.
use `stats_fill_fe_stats` when possible to avoid duplicating code; make
use of field selector to get the needed field only.
this should not introduce any difference of output.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
prometheus approach requires to output all values for a given metric
name; meaning we iterate through all metrics, and then iterate in the
inner loop on all objects for this metric.
In order to allow more code reuse, adapt the stats API to be able to
select one field or fill them all otherwise.
From this patch it should be possible to remove most of the duplicate
code on prometheuse side for the frontend.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
Another patch in order to try to reconciliate haproxy stats and
prometheus. Here I'm adding a proper start time field in order to make
proper use of uptime field.
That being done we can move the calculation in `fill_info`
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
in order to prepare a possible merge of fields between haproxy stats and
prometheus, duplicate 3 fields:
INF_MEMMAX
INF_POOL_ALLOC
INF_POOL_USED
Those were specifically named in MB unit which is not what prometheus
recommends. We therefore used them but changed the unit while doing the
calculation. It created a specific case for that, up to the description.
This patch:
- removes some possible confusion, i.e. using MB field for bytes
- will permit an easier merge of fields such as description
First consequence for now, is that we can remove the calculation on
prometheus side and move it on `fill_info`.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
The MUX_ES_NOTIMPL_ERR exit status is added to allow the multiplexers to
report errors about not implemented features. This will be used by the H1
mux to return 501-not-implemented errors.
Add the support for the 501-not-implemented status code with the
corresponding default message. The documentation is updated accordingly
because it is now part of status codes HAProxy may emit via an errorfile or
a deny/return HTTP action.
When a tcpcheck ruleset uses multiple connections, the existing one must be
closed and destroyed before openning the new one. This part is handled in
the tcpcheck_main() function, when called from the wake callback function
(wake_srv_chk). But it is indeed a problem, because this function may be
called from the mux layer. This means a mux may call the wake callback
function of the data layer, which may release the connection and the mux. It
is easy to see how it is hazardous. And actually, depending on the
scheduling, it leads to crashes.
Thus, we must avoid to release the connection in the wake callback context,
and move this part in the check's process function instead. To do so, we
rely on the CHK_ST_CLOSE_CONN flags. When a connection must be replaced by a
new one, this flag is set on the check, in tcpcheck_main() function, and the
check's task is woken up. Then, the connection is really closed in
process_chk_conn() function.
This patch must be backported as far as 2.2, with some adaptations however
because the code is not exactly the same.
Now the show_fd helpers at the transport and mux levels return an integer
which indicates whether or not the inspected entry looks suspicious. When
an entry is reported as suspicious, "show fd" will suffix it with an
exclamation mark ('!') in the dump, that is supposed to help detecting
them.
For now, helpers were adjusted to adapt to the new API but none of them
reports any suspicious entry yet.
Just like we did for the muxes, now the transport layers will have the
ability to provide helpers to report more detailed information about their
internal context. When the helper is not known, the pointer continues to
be dumped as-is if it's not NULL. This way a transport with no context nor
dump function will not add a useless "xprt_ctx=(nil)" but the pointer will
be emitted if valid or if a helper is defined.
When 0c439d895 ("BUILD: tools: make resolve_sym_name() return a const")
was written, the pointer argument ought to have been turned to const for
more flexibility. Let's do it now.
It's about the third time I get confused by these functions, half of
which manipulate the reference as a whole and those manipulating only
an entry. For me "pat_ref_commit" means committing the pattern reference,
not just an element, so let's rename it. A number of other ones should
really be renamed before 2.4 gets released :-/
This function must be used to emit an alert if a proxy does not have at
least one of the requested capabilities. An additional message may be
appended to the alert.
This is from the output of codespell. It's done at once over a bunch
of files and only affects comments, so there is nothing user-visible.
No backport needed.
commit c55a626217 ("MINOR: contrib/prometheus-exporter: Add
missing global and per-server metrics") is renaming two metrics between
v2.2 and v2.3:
server_idle_connections_current
server_idle_connections_limit
It is breaking some tools which are making use of those metrics while
supporting several haproxy versions. This build_info will permit tools
which make use of metrics to be able to match the haproxy version and
change the list of expected metrics. This was possible using the haproxy
stats socket but not with prometheus export.
This patch follows prometheus best pratices to export specific software
informations. It is adding a new field `build_info` so we can extend it
to other parameters if needed in the future.
example output:
# HELP haproxy_process_build_info HAProxy build info.
# TYPE haproxy_process_build_info gauge
haproxy_process_build_info{version="2.4-dev5-2e1a3f-5"} 1
Even though it is not a bugfix, this patch will make more sense when
backported up to >= 2.0
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
This allows using the address of the server rather than the name of the
server for keeping track of servers in a backend for stickiness.
The peers code was also extended to support feeding the dictionary using
this key instead of the name.
Fixes#814
The accept-encoding normalizer now explicitely manages a subset of
encodings which will all have their own bit in the encoding bitmap
stored in the cache entry. This way two requests with the same primary
key will be served the same cache entry if they both explicitely accept
the stored response's encoding, even if their respective secondary keys
are not the same and do not match the stored response's one.
The actual hash of the accept-encoding will still be used if the
response's encoding is unmanaged.
The encoding matching and the encoding weight parsing are done for every
subpart of the accept-encoding values, and a bitmap of accepted
encodings is built for every request. It is then tested upon any stored
response that has the same primary key until one with an accepted
encoding is found.
The specific "identity" and "*" accept-encoding values are managed too.
When storing a response in the key, we also parse the content-encoding
header in order to only set the response's corresponding encoding's bit
in its cache_entry encoding bitmap.
This patch fixes GitHub issue #988.
It does not need to be backported.
If any of the secondary hash normalizing functions raises an error, the
secondary hash will be unusable. In this case, the response will not be
stored anymore.
Add traces to have an idea why this function may fail. In fact
in never fails when the passed parameters are correct, especially the
lengths. This is not the case when a packet is not correctly built
before being encrypted.
Even if the size of frames built by qc_build_frm() are computed so that
not to overflow a buffer, do not rely on this and always makes a packet
build fails if we could not build a frame.
Also add traces to have an idea where qc_build_frm() fails.
Fixes a memory leak in qc_build_phdshk_apkt().
Remove ->ifcdata which was there to control the CRYPTO data sent to the
peer so that not to saturate its reception buffer. This was a sort
of flow control.
Add ->prep_in_flight counter to the QUIC path struct to control the
number of bytes prepared to be sent so that not to saturare the
congestion control window. This counter is increased each time a
packet was built. This has nothing to see with ->in_flight which
is the real in flight number of bytes which have really been sent.
We are olbiged to maintain two such counters to know how many bytes
of data we can prepared before sending them.
Modify traces consequently which were useful to diagnose issues about
the congestion control window usage.
As there is a lot of information in this protocol, this is not
easy to make the traces readable. We remove here a few of them and
shorten some line shortening the variable names.
This patch adds QUIC structs to server struct so that to make the QUIC code
compile. Also initializes the ebtree to store the connections by connection
IDs.
This patch adds a quic_transport_params struct to bind_conf struct
used for the listeners. This is to store the QUIC transport parameters
for the listeners. Also initializes them when calling str2listener().
Before str2sa_range() it's too early to figure we're going to speak QUIC,
and after it's too late as listeners are already created. So it seems that
doing it in str2listener() when the protocol is discovered is the best
place.
Also adds two ebtrees to the underlying receivers to store the connection
by connections IDs (one for the original connection IDs, and another
one for the definitive connection IDs which really identify the connections.
However it doesn't seem normal that it is stored in the receiver nor the
listener. There should be a private context in the listener so that
protocols can store internal information. This element should in
fact be the listener handle.
Something still feels wrong, and probably we'll have to make QUIC and
SSL co-exist: a proof of this is that there's some explicit code in
bind_parse_ssl() to prevent the "ssl" keyword from replacing the xprt.
This patch imports all the definitions for QUIC protocol with few modifications
from 20200720-quic branch of quic-dev repository found at
https://github.com/haproxytech/quic-dev.
QUIC needs to initialize its BIO and SSL session the same way as for SSL over TCP
connections. It needs also to use the same ClientHello callback.
This patch only exports functions and variables shared between QUIC and SSL/TCP
connections.
We add src/quic_sock.c QUIC specific socket management functions as callbacks
for the control layer: ->accept_conn, ->default_iocb and ->rx_listening.
accept_conn() will have to be defined. The default I/O handler only recvfrom()
the datagrams received. Furthermore, ->rx_listening callback always returns 1 at
this time but should returns 0 when reloading the processus.
This is a simple patch to prepare the integration of QUIC support to come.
quic_conn struct is supposed to embed any QUIC specific information for a QUIC
connection.
As QUIC is a connection oriented protocol, this file is almost a copy of
proto_tcp without TCP specific features. To suspend/resume a QUIC receiver
we proceed the same way as for proto_udp receivers.
With the recent updates to the listeners, we don't need a specific set of
quic*_add_listener() functions, the default ones are sufficient. The fields
declaration were reordered to make the various layers more visible like in
other protocols.
udp_suspend_receiver/udp_resume_receiver are up-to-date (the check for INHERITED
is present) and the code being UDP-specific, it's normal to use UDP here.
Note that in the future we might more reasily reference stacked layers so that
there's no more need for specifying the pointer here.
This way we make all xxhash functions inline, with implementations being
directly included within xxhash.h.
Makefile is updated as well, since we don't need to compile and link
xxhash.o anymore.
Inlining should improve performance on small data inputs.
A new XXH3 variant of hash functions shows a noticeable improvement in
performance (especially on small data), and also brings 128-bit support,
better inlining and streaming capabilities.
Performance comparison is available here:
https://github.com/Cyan4973/xxHash/wiki/Performance-comparison
The assembler on MacOS aarch64 interprets ; as the beginning of comments,
so it is not suitable for separating instructions in inline asm. Use \n
instead.
This should be backported to 2.3, 2.2, 2.1, 2.0 and 1.9.
The MAX_DELAY_MS which is set an upper limit to the poll wait time and
force a wakeup this often used to be set to 1 second in order to easily
spot and correct time drifts. This was added 12 years ago at an era
where virtual machines were starting to become common in server
environments while not working particularly well. Nowadays, such issues
are not as common anymore, however forcing 64 threads to wake up every
single second starts to make the process visible on otherwise idle
systems. Let's increase this wakeup interval to one minute. In the worst
case it will make idle threads wake every second, which remains low.
If this is not sufficient anymore on some systems, another approach
would consist in implementing a deep-sleep mode which only triggers
after a while and which is always disabled if any time drift is
observed.
This fixes building hpack from contrib, which failed because of the
undeclared VAR_ARRAY:
make -C contrib/hpack
...
cc -O2 -Wall -g -I../../include -fwrapv -fno-strict-aliasing -c -o gen-enc.o gen-enc.c
In file included from gen-enc.c:18:
../../include/haproxy/hpack-tbl-t.h:105:23: error: 'VAR_ARRAY' undeclared here (not in a function)
105 | struct hpack_dte dte[VAR_ARRAY]; /* dynamic table entries */
...
As discussed in the thread below, let's redefine VAR_ARRAY in this file
so that it remains self-sustaining:
https://www.mail-archive.com/haproxy@formilux.org/msg39212.html
SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey is openssl/boringssl specific function present
since openssl-1.0.2, let us define readable guard for it, not depending
on HA_OPENSSL_VERSION
As Ilya reported in issue #998, gcc 11 complains about misleading code
indentation which is in fact caused by dead assignments to zero after
a loop which stops on zero. Let's clean both of these.
Due to the addition of the OpenTracing filter it is necessary to define
ARGC_OT enum. This value is used in the functions fmt_directive() and
smp_resolve_args().
The OpenTracing filter uses several internal HAProxy functions to work
with variables and therefore requires two static local HAProxy functions,
var_accounting_diff() and var_clear(), to be declared global.
In fact, the var_clear() function was not originally defined as static,
but it lacked a declaration.
SSL_CTX_add_server_custom_ext is openssl specific function present
since openssl-1.0.2, let us define readable guard for it, not depending
on HA_OPENSSL_VERSION
Right now the connection subscribe/unsubscribe code needs to manipulate
FDs, which is not compatible with QUIC. In practice what we need there
is to be able to either subscribe or wake up depending on readiness at
the moment of subscription.
This commit introduces two new functions at the control layer, which are
provided by the socket code, to check for FD readiness or subscribe to it
at the control layer. For now it's not used.
Now we don't touch the fd anymore there, instead we rely on the ->drain()
provided by the control layer. As such the function was renamed to
conn_ctrl_drain().
This is what we need to drain pending incoming data from an connection.
The code was taken from conn_sock_drain() without the connection-specific
stuff. It still takes a connection for now for API simplicity.
conn_fd_handler() is 100% specific to socket code. It's about time
it moves to sock.c which manipulates socket FDs. With it comes
conn_fd_check() which tests for the socket's readiness. The ugly
connection status check at the end of the iocb was moved to an inlined
function in connection.h so that if we need it for other socket layers
it's not too hard to reuse.
The code was really only moved and not changed at all.
The send() loop present in this function and the error handling is already
present in raw_sock_from_buf(). Let's rely on it instead and stop touching
the FD from this place. The send flag was changed to use a more agnostic
CO_SFL_*. The name was changed to "conn_ctrl_send()" to remind that it's
meant to be used to send at the lowest level.
These are two other areas where this fd_stop_recv()/fd_stop_send() makes no
sense anymore. Both happen by definition while the FD is *not* subscribed,
since nowadays it's subscribed after failing recv()/send(), in which case
we cannot close.
These functions used to disable polling for writes when shutting down
but this is no longer used as it still happens later when closing if the
connection was subscribed to FD events. Let's just remove this fake and
undesired dependency on the FD layer.
Add a new http-request action 'set-timeout [server/tunnel]'. This action
can be used to update the server or tunnel timeout of a stream. It takes
two parameters, the timeout name to update and the new timeout value.
This rule is only valid for a proxy with backend capabilities. The
timeout value cannot be null. A sample expression can also be used
instead of a plain value.
Allow the modification of the tunnel timeout on the stream side.
Use a new field in the stream for the tunnel timeout. It is initialized
by the tunnel timeout from backend unless it has already been set by a
set-timeout tunnel rule.
These functions are not used anymore and were quite confusing given that
their names reflected their original role and not the current ones. Let's
kill them before they inspire anyone.
We had cs_close() which forces a CS_SHR_RESET mode on the read side,
and due to this there are a few call places in the checks which
perform a manual call to conn_sock_drain() before calling cs_close().
This is absurd by principle, and it can be counter-productive in the
case of a mux where this could even cause the opposite of the desired
effect by deleting pending frames on the socket before closing.
Let's add cs_drain_and_close() which uses the CS_SHR_DRAIN mode to
prepare this.
QUIC will rely on UDP at the receiver level, and will need these functions
to suspend/resume the receivers. In the future, protocol chaining may
simplify this.
In conn_ctrl_init() and conn_ctrl_close() we now use the control layer's
functions instead of manipulating the FD directly. This is safe since the
control layer is always present when done. Note that now we also adjust
the flag before calling the function to make things cleaner in case such
a layer would need to call the same functions again for any reason.
Currnetly conn_ctrl_init() does an fd_insert() and conn_ctrl_close() does an
fd_delete(). These are the two only short-term obstacles against using a
non-fd handle to set up a connection. Let's have pur these into the protocol
layer, along with the other connection-level stuff so that the generic
connection code uses them instead. This will allow to define new ones for
other protocols (e.g. QUIC).
Since we only support regular sockets at the moment, the code was placed
into sock.c and shared with proto_tcp, proto_uxst and proto_sockpair.
For the sake of an improved readability, let's group the protocol
field members according to where they're supposed to be defined:
- connection layer (note: for now even UDP needs one)
- binding layer
- address family
- socket layer
Nothing else was changed.
The various protocols were made static since there was no point in
exporting them in the past. Nowadays with QUIC relying on UDP we'll
significantly benefit from UDP being exported and more generally from
being able to declare some functions as being the same as other
protocols'.
In an ideal world it should not be these protocols which should be
exported, but the intermediary levels:
- socket layer (sock.c only right now), already exported as functions
but nothing structured at the moment ;
- family layer (sock_inet, sock_unix, sockpair etc): already structured
and exported
- binding layer (the part that relies on the receiver): currently fused
within the protocol
- connectiong layer (the part that manipulates connections): currently
fused within the protocol
- protocol (connection's control): shouldn't need to be exposed
ultimately once the elements above are in an easily sharable way.
This field used to be needed before commit 2b5e0d8b6 ("MEDIUM: proto_udp:
replace last AF_CUST_UDP* with AF_INET*") as it was used as a protocol
entry selector. Since this commit it's always equal to the socket family's
value so it's entirely redundant. Let's remove it now to simplify the
protocol definition a little bit.
The input buffer passed as argument to create a new stream must not be
transferred when the request channel is initialized because the channel
flags are not set at this stage. In addition, the API is a bit confusing
regarding the buffer owner when an error occurred. The caller remains the
owner, but reading the code it is not obvious.
So, first of all, to avoid any ambiguities, comments are added on the
calling chain to make it clear. The buffer owner is the caller if any error
occurred. And the ownership is transferred to the stream on success.
Then, to make things simple, the ownership is transferred at the end of
stream_new(), in case of success. And the input buffer is updated to point
on BUF_NULL. Thus, in all cases, if the caller try to release it calling
b_free() on it, it is not a problem. Of course, it remains the caller
responsibility to release it on error.
The patch fixes a bug introduced by the commit 26256f86e ("MINOR: stream:
Pass an optional input buffer when a stream is created"). No backport is
needed.
With the removal of the family-specific port setting, all protocol had
exactly the same implementation of ->add(). A generic one was created
with the name "default_add_listener" so that all other ones can now be
removed. The API was slightly adjusted so that the protocol and the
listener are passed instead of the listener and the port.
Note that all protocols continue to provide this ->add() method instead
of routinely calling default_add_listener() from create_listeners(). This
makes sure that any non-standard protocol will still be able to intercept
the listener addition if needed.
This could be backported to 2.3 along with the few previous patches on
listners as a pure code cleanup.
At various places we need to set a port on an IPv4 or IPv6 address, and
it requires casts that are easy to get wrong. Let's add a new set_port()
helper to the address family to assist in this. It will be directly
accessible from the protocol and will make the operation seamless.
Right now this is only implemented for sock_inet as other families do
not need a port.
This flags is now unused. It was used in REQ_WAIT_HTTP analyser, when a
stream was waiting for a request, to set the keep-alive timeout or to avoid
to send HTTP errors to client.
The ctl param MUX_EXIT_STATUS can be request to get the exit status of a
multiplexer. For instance, it may be an HTTP status code or an H2 error. For
now, 0 is always returned. When the mux h1 will be able to return HTTP
errors itself, this ctl param will be used to get the HTTP status code from
the logs.
the mux_exit_status enum has been created to map internal mux exist status
to generic one. Thus there is 5 possible status for now: success, invalid
error, timeout error, internal error and unknown.
cumulative numbers of http request and http errors of counters tracked at
the session level and their rates can now be updated at the session level
thanks to two new functions. These functions are not used for now, but it
will be called to keep tracked counters up-to-date if an error occurs before
the stream creation.
The cumulative numbers of http requests, http errors, bytes received and
sent and their respective rates for a tracked counters are now updated using
specific stream independent functions. These functions are used by the
stream but the aim is to allow the session to do so too. For now, there is
no reason to perform these updates from the session, except from the mux-h2
maybe. But, the mux-h1, on the frontend side, will be able to return some
errors to the client, before the stream creation. In this case, it will be
mandatory to update counters tracked at the session level.
It is now possible to set the buffer used by the channel request buffer when
a stream is created. It may be useful if input data are already received,
instead of waiting the first call to the mux rcv_buf() callback. This change
is mandatory to support H1 connection with no stream attached.
For now, the multiplexers don't pass any buffer. BUF_NULL is thus used to
call stream_create_from_cs().
This callback function was only defined by the mux-h1. But it has been
removed in the previous commit because it is unused now. So, we can do a
step forward removing the callback function from the mux definition and the
cs_info structure.
The idle duration between two streams is added to the session structure. It
is not necessarily pertinent on all protocols. In fact, it is only defined
for H1 connections. It is the duration between two H1 transactions. But the
.get_cs_info() callback function on the multiplexers only exists because
this duration is missing at the session level. So it is a simplification
opportunity for a really low cost.
To reduce the cost, a hole in the session structure is filled by moving
.srv_list field at the end of the structure.
The goal is to allow execution of one main lua state per thread.
The array introduces storage of one reference per thread, because each
lua state can have different reference id for a same function. A function
returns the preferred state id according to configuration and current
thread id.
The goal is to allow execution of one main lua state per thread.
"state_from" is a pointer to the parent lua state. "state_id"
is the index of the parent state id in the reference lua states
array. "state_id" is better because the lock is a "== 0" test
which is quick than pointer comparison. In other way, the state_id
index could index other things the the Lua state concerned. I
think to the function references.
The goal is to allow execution of one main lua state per thread.
This function will initialize the struct with other things than 0.
With this function helper, the initialization is centralized and
it prevents mistakes. This patch also keeps a reference to each
declared function in a list. It will be useful in next patches to
control consistency of declared references.
The goal is to allow execution of one main lua state per thread.
The function hlua_ctx_init() now gets the original lua state from
its caller. This allows the initialisation of lua_thread (coroutines)
from any master lua state.
The parent lua state is stored in the hlua struct.
This patch is a temporary transition, it will be modified later.
The goal is to allow execution of one main lua state per thread.
Because this struct will be filled after the configuration parser, we
cannot copy the content. The actual state of the Haproxy code doesn't
justify this change, it is an update preparing next steps.
This function will be useful to check if the keyword is already registered.
Also add a define for the max number of args.
This will be needed by a next patch to fix a bug and will have to be
backported.
This function simply calls action_lookup() on the private service_keywords,
to look up a service name. This will be used to detect double registration
of a same service from Lua.
This will be needed by a next patch to fix a bug and will have to be
backported.
These functions will be useful to check if a keyword is already registered.
This will be needed by a next patch to fix a bug, and will need to be
backported.
Sometimes it would be nice to be able to only trace abnormal events such
as protocol errors. Let's add a new "error" level below the "user" level
for this. This will allow to add TRACE_ERROR() at various error points
and only see them.
This patch adds a new logging variable '%HPO' for logging HTTP path only
(without query string) from relative or absolute URI.
For example:
log-format "hpo=%HPO hp=%HP hu=%HU hq=%HQ"
GET /r/1 HTTP/1.1
=>
hpo=/r/1 hp=/r/1 hu=/r/1 hq=
GET /r/2?q=2 HTTP/1.1
=>
hpo=/r/2 hp=/r/2 hu=/r/2?q=2 hq=?q=2
GET http://host/r/3 HTTP/1.1
=>
hpo=/r/3 hp=http://host/r/3 hu=http://host/r/3 hq=
GET http://host/r/4?q=4 HTTP/1.1
=>
hpo=/r/4 hp=http://host/r/4 hu=http://host/r/4?q=4 hq=?q=4
Since 2.3 default local log format always adds hostame field.
This behavior change was due to log/sink re-work, because according
to rfc3164 the hostname field is mandatory.
This patch re-introduce a legacy "local" format which is analog
to rfc3164 but with hostname stripped. This is the new
default if logs are generated by haproxy.
To stay compliant with previous configurations, the option
"log-send-hostname" acts as if the default format is switched
to rfc3164.
This patch addresses the github issue #963
This patch should be backported in branches >= 2.3.
In issue #958 Ashley Penney reported intermittent crashes on AWS's ARM
nodes which would not happen on x86 nodes. After investigation it turned
out that the Neoverse N1 CPU cores used in the Graviton2 CPU are much
more aggressive than the usual Cortex A53/A72/A55 or any x86 regarding
memory ordering.
The issue that was triggered there is that if a tasklet_wakeup() call
is made on a tasklet scheduled to run on a foreign thread and that
tasklet is just being dequeued to be processed, there can be a race at
two places:
- if MT_LIST_TRY_ADDQ() happens between MT_LIST_BEHEAD() and
LIST_SPLICE_END_DETACHED() if the tasklet is alone in the list,
because the emptiness tests matches ;
- if MT_LIST_TRY_ADDQ() happens during LIST_DEL_INIT() in
run_tasks_from_lists(), then depending on how LIST_DEL_INIT() ends
up being implemented, it may even corrupt the adjacent nodes while
they're being reused for the in-tree storage.
This issue was introduced in 2.2 when support for waking up remote
tasklets was added. Initially the attachment of a tasklet to a list
was enough to know its status and this used to be stable information.
Now it's not sufficient to rely on this anymore, thus we need to use
a different information.
This patch solves this by adding a new task flag, TASK_IN_LIST, which
is atomically set before attaching a tasklet to a list, and is only
removed after the tasklet is detached from a list. It is checked
by tasklet_wakeup_on() so that it may only be done while the tasklet
is out of any list, and is cleared during the state switch when calling
the tasklet. Note that the flag is not set for pure tasks as it's not
needed.
However this introduces a new special case: the function
tasklet_remove_from_tasklet_list() needs to keep both states in sync
and cannot check both the state and the attachment to a list at the
same time. This function is already limited to being used by the thread
owning the tasklet, so in this case the test remains reliable. However,
just like its predecessors, this function is wrong by design and it
should probably be replaced with a stricter one, a lazy one, or be
totally removed (it's only used in checks to avoid calling a possibly
scheduled event, and when freeing a tasklet). Regardless, for now the
function exists so the flag is removed only if the deletion could be
done, which covers all cases we're interested in regarding the insertion.
This removal is safe against a concurrent tasklet_wakeup_on() since
MT_LIST_DEL() guarantees the atomic test, and will ultimately clear
the flag only if the task could be deleted, so the flag will always
reflect the last state.
This should be carefully be backported as far as 2.2 after some
observation period. This patch depends on previous patch
"MINOR: task: remove __tasklet_remove_from_tasklet_list()".
This function is only used at a single place directly within the
scheduler in run_tasks_from_lists() and it really ought not be called
by anything else, regardless of what its comment says. Let's delete
it, move the two lines directly into the call place, and take this
opportunity to factor the atomic decrement on tasks_run_queue. A comment
was added on the remaining one tasklet_remove_from_tasklet_list() to
mention the risks in using it.
This function is only called at a single place and adds more confusion
than it removes. It also makes one think it could be used outside of
the scheduler while it must absolutely not. Let's just move its two
lines to the call place, making the code more readable there. In
addition this clearly shows that the preliminary LIST_INIT() is
useless since the entry is immediately overwritten.
In MT_LIST_TRY_ADDQ() and MT_LIST_TRY_ADD() we can't just check if the
element is already in a list, because there's a small race condition, it
could be added between the time we checked, and the time we actually set
its next and prev, so we have to lock it first.
This is required to address issue #958.
This should be backported to 2.3, 2.2 and 2.1.
As suggested by @AGSaidi in issue #958, on ARMv8 its convenient to use
an "isb" instruction in pl_cpu_relax() to improve fairness. Without it
I've met a few watchdog conditions on valid locks with 16 threads,
indicating that some threads couldn't manage to get it in 2 seconds. I
never happened again with it. In addition, the performance increased
by slightly more than 5% thanks to the reduced contention.
This should be backported as far as 2.2, possibly even 2.0.
The parsing of the check options based on tcp-check rules (redis, spop,
smtp, http...) are moved aways from check.c. Now, these functions are placed
in tcpcheck.c. These functions are only related to the tcpcheck ruleset
configured on a proxy and not to the health-check attached to a server.
This option is now ignored because I/O check buffers are now allocated using the
buffer pool. Thus, it is marked as deprecated in the documentation and ignored
during the configuration parsing. The field is also removed from the global
structure.
Because this option is ignored since a recent fix, backported as fare as 2.2,
this patch should be backported too. Especially because it updates the
documentation.
Historically, the input and output buffers of a check are allocated by hand
during the startup, with a specific size (not necessarily the same than
other buffers). But since the recent refactoring of the checks to rely
exclusively on the tcp-checks and to use the underlying mux layer, this part
is totally buggy. Indeed, because these buffers are now passed to a mux,
they maybe be swapped if a zero-copy is possible. In fact, for now it is
only possible in h2_rcv_buf(). Thus the bug concretely only exists if a h2
health-check is performed. But, it is a latent bug for other muxes.
Another problem is the size of these buffers. because it may differ for the
other buffer size, it might be source of bugs.
Finally, for configurations with hundreds of thousands of servers, having 2
buffers per check always allocated may be an issue.
To fix the bug, we now allocate these buffers when required using the buffer
pool. Thus not-running checks don't waste memory and muxes may swap them if
possible. The only drawback is the check buffers have now always the same
size than buffers used by the streams. This deprecates indirectly the
"tune.chksize" global option.
In addition, the http-check regtest have been update to perform some h2
health-checks.
Many thanks to @VigneshSP94 for its help on this bug.
This patch should solve the issue #936. It relies on the commit "MINOR:
tcpcheck: Don't handle anymore in-progress send rules in tcpcheck_main".
Both must be backport as far as 2.2.
bla
The Vary functionality is based on a secondary key that needs to be
calculated for every request to which a server answers with a Vary
header. The Vary header, which can only be found in server responses,
determines which headers of the request need to be taken into account in
the secondary key. Since we do not want to have to store all the headers
of the request until we have the response, we will pre-calculate as many
sub-hashes as there are headers that we want to manage in a Vary
context. We will only focus on a subset of headers which are likely to
be mentioned in a Vary response (accept-encoding and referer for now).
Every managed header will have its own normalization function which is
in charge of transforming the header value into a core representation,
more robust to insignificant changes that could exist between multiple
clients. For instance, two accept-encoding values mentioning the same
encodings but in different orders should give the same hash.
This patch adds a function that parses a Vary header value and checks if
all the values belong to our supported subset. It also adds the
normalization functions for our two headers, as well as utility
functions that can prebuild a secondary key for a given request and
transform it into an actual secondary key after the vary signature is
determined from the response.
When at least one data filter is registered on a channel, the offsets of all
filters must be kept up to date. For data filters but also for others. It is
safer to do it in that way. Indirectly, this patch fixes 2 hidden bugs
revealed by the commit 22fca1f2c ("BUG/MEDIUM: filters: Forward all filtered
data at the end of http filtering").
The first one, the worst of both, happens at the end of http filtering when
at least one data filtered is registered on the channel. We call the
http_end() callback function on the filters, when defined, to finish the
http filtering. But it is performed for all filters. Before the commit
22fca1f2c, the only risk was to call the http_end() callback function
unexpectedly on a filter. Now, we may have an overflow on the offset
variable, used at the end to forward all filtered data. Of course, from the
moment we forward an arbitrary huge amount of data, all kinds of bad things
may happen. So offset computation is performed for all filters and
http_end() callback function is called only for data filters.
The other one happens when a data filter alter the data of a channel, it
must update the offsets of all previous filters. But the offset of non-data
filters must be up to date, otherwise, here too we may have an integer
overflow.
Another way to fix these bugs is to always ignore non-data filters from the
offsets computation. But this patch is safer and probably easier to
maintain.
This patch must be backported in all versions where the above commit is. So
as far as 2.0.
Level-7 retries are only possible with a restricted number of HTTP
return codes. While it is usually not safe to retry on 401 and 403, I
came up with an authentication backend which was not synchronizing
authentication of users. While not perfect, being allowed to also retry
on those return codes is really helpful and acts as a hotfix until we
can fix the backend.
Signed-off-by: Julien Pivotto <roidelapluie@inuits.eu>
This patch adds -m flag which allows to specify header name
matching method when deleting headers from http request/response.
Currently beg, end, sub, str and reg are supported.
This is related to GitHub issue #909
Baptiste reported a new crash affecting 2.3 which can be triggered
when using H2 on the backend, with http-reuse always and with a tens
of clients doing close only. There are a few combined cases which cause
this to happen, but each time the issue is the same, an already freed
session is dereferenced in session_unown_conn().
Two cases were identified to cause this:
- a connection referencing a session as its owner, which is detached
from the session's list and is destroyed after this session ends.
The test on conn->owner before calling session_unown_conn() is not
sufficent as the pointer is not null but is not valid anymore.
- a connection that never goes idle and that gets killed form the
mux, where session_free() is called first, then conn_free() calls
session_unown_conn() which scans the just freed session for older
connections. This one is only triggered with DEBUG_UAF
The reason for this session to be present here is that it's needed during
the connection setup, to be passed to conn_install_mux_be() to mux->init()
as the owning session, but it's never deleted aftrewards. Furthermore, even
conn_session_free() doesn't delete this pointer after freeing the session
that lies there. Both do definitely result in a use-after-free that's more
easily triggered under DEBUG_UAF.
This patch makes sure that the owner is always deleted after detaching
or killing the session. However it is currently not possible to clear
the owner right after a synchronous init because the proxy protocol
apparently needs it (a reg test checks this), and if we leave it past
the connection setup with the session not attached anywhere, it's hard
to catch the right moment to detach it. This means that the session may
remain in conn->owner as long as the connection has never been added to
nor removed from the session's idle list. Given that this patch needs to
remain simple enough to be backported, instead it adds a workaround in
session_unown_conn() to detect that the element is already not attached
anywhere.
This fix absolutely requires previous patch "CLEANUP: connection: do not
use conn->owner when the session is known" otherwise the situation will
be even worse, as some places used to rely on conn->owner instead of the
session.
The fix could theorically be backported as far as 1.8. However, the code
in this area has significantly changed along versions and there are more
risks of breaking working stuff than fixing real issues there. The issue
was really woken up in two steps during 2.3-dev when slightly reworking
the idle conns with commit 08016ab82 ("MEDIUM: connection: Add private
connections synchronously in session server list") and when adding
support for storing used H2 connections in the session and adding the
necessary call to session_unown_conn() in the muxes. But the same test
managed to crash 2.2 when built in DEBUG_UAF and patched like this,
proving that we used to already leave dangling pointers behind us:
| diff --git a/include/haproxy/connection.h b/include/haproxy/connection.h
| index f8f235c1a..dd30b5f80 100644
| --- a/include/haproxy/connection.h
| +++ b/include/haproxy/connection.h
| @@ -458,6 +458,10 @@ static inline void conn_free(struct connection *conn)
| sess->idle_conns--;
| session_unown_conn(sess, conn);
| }
| + else {
| + struct session *sess = conn->owner;
| + BUG_ON(sess && sess->origin != &conn->obj_type);
| + }
|
| sockaddr_free(&conn->src);
| sockaddr_free(&conn->dst);
It's uncertain whether an existing code path there can lead to dereferencing
conn->owner when it's bad, though certain suspicious memory corruption bugs
make one think it's a likely candidate. The patch should not be hard to
adapt there.
Backports to 2.1 and older are left to the appreciation of the person
doing the backport.
A reproducer consists in this:
global
nbthread 1
listen l
bind :9000
mode http
http-reuse always
server s 127.0.0.1:8999 proto h2
frontend f
bind :8999 proto h2
mode http
http-request return status 200
Then this will make it crash within 2-3 seconds:
$ h1load -e -r 1 -c 10 http://0:9000/
If it does not, it might be that DEBUG_UAF was not used (it's harder then)
and it might be useful to restart.
At a few places we used to rely on conn->owner to retrieve the session
while the session is already known. This is not correct because at some
of these points the reason the connection's owner was still the session
(instead of NULL) is a mistake. At one place a comparison is even made
between the session and conn->owner assuming it's valid without checking
if it's NULL. Let's clean this up to use the session all the time.
Note that this will be needed for a forthcoming fix and will have to be
backported.
HAVE_SSL_CTX_SET_CIPHERSUITES is newly defined macro set in openssl-compat.h,
which helps to identify ssl libs (currently OpenSSL-1.1.1 only) that supports
TLS13 cipersuites manipulation on TLS13 context
in the context of a progressive backend migration, we want to be able to
activate SSL on outgoing connections to the server at runtime without
reloading.
This patch adds a `set server ssl` command; in order to allow that:
- add `srv_use_ssl` to `show servers state` command for compatibility,
also update associated parsing
- when using default-server ssl setting, and `no-ssl` on server line,
init SSL ctx without activating it
- when triggering ssl API, de/activate SSL connections as requested
- clean ongoing connections as it is done for addr/port changes, without
checking prior server state
example config:
backend be_foo
default-server ssl
server srv0 127.0.0.1:6011 weight 1 no-ssl
show servers state:
5 be_foo 1 srv0 127.0.0.1 2 0 1 1 15 1 0 4 0 0 0 0 - 6011 - -1
where srv0 can switch to ssl later during the runtime:
set server be_foo/srv0 ssl on
5 be_foo 1 srv0 127.0.0.1 2 0 1 1 15 1 0 4 0 0 0 0 - 6011 - 1
Also update existing tests and create a new one.
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <wdauchy@gmail.com>
Functions registered to release memory per-thread have no return value. But the
registering function and the function pointer in per_thread_free_fct structure
specify it should return an integer. This patch fixes it.
This patch may be backported as far as 2.0.
Define a per-thread counters allocated with the greatest size of any
stat module counters. This variable is named trash_counters.
When using a proxy without allocated counters, return the trash counters
from EXTRA_COUNTERS_GET instead of a dangling pointer to prevent
segfault.
This is useful for all the proxies used internally and not
belonging to the global proxy list. As these objects does not appears on
the stat report, it does not matter to use the dummy counters.
For this fix to be functional, the extra counters are explicitly
initialized to NULL on proxy/server/listener init functions.
Most notably, the crash has already been detected with the following
vtc:
- reg-tests/lua/txn_get_priv.vtc
- reg-tests/peers/tls_basic_sync.vtc
- reg-tests/peers/tls_basic_sync_wo_stkt_backend.vtc
There is probably other parts that may be impacted (SPOE for example).
This bug was introduced in the current release and do not need to be
backported. The faulty commits are
"MINOR: ssl: count client hello for stats" and
"MINOR: ssl: add counters for ssl sessions".
Do not cache responses that do not have an explicit expiration time
(s-maxage or max-age Cache-Control directives or Expires header) or a
validator (ETag or Last-Modified headers) anymore, as suggested in
RFC 7234#3.
The TX_FLAG_IGNORE flag is used instead of the TX_FLAG_CACHEABLE so as
not to change the behavior of the checkcache option.
No details are provided when an error occurs during the parsing of an errorfile,
Thus it is a bit hard to diagnose where the problem is. Now, when it happens, an
understandable error message is reported.
This patch is not a bug fix in itself. But it will be required to change an
fatal error into a warning in last stable releases. Thus it must be backported
as far as 2.0.
It does not require heavy deletion from the expr anymore, so we can now
turn this to a single-linked list since most of the time we want to delete
all instances of a given pattern from the head. By doing so we save 32 bytes
of memory per pattern. The pat_unlink_from_head() function was adjusted
accordingly.
This function will be usable to purge at most a specified number of old
entries from a reference. Entries are declared old if their generation
number is in the past compared to the one passed in argument. This will
ease removal of early entries when new ones have been appended.
We also call malloc_trim() when available, at the end of the series,
because this is one place where there is a lot of memory to save. Reloads
of 1M IP addresses used in an ACL made the process grow up to 1.7 GB RSS
after 10 reloads and roughly stabilize there without this call, versus
only 260 MB when the call is present. Sadly there is no direct equivalent
for jemalloc, which stabilizes around 800MB-1GB.
pat_ref_load() basically combines pat_ref_append() and pat_ref_commit().
It's very similar to pat_ref_add() except that it also allows to set the
generation ID and the line number. pat_ref_add() was modified to directly
rely on it to avoid code duplication. Note that a previous declaration
of pat_ref_load() was removed as it was just a leftover of an earlier
incarnation of something possibly similar, so no existing functionality
was changed here.
This function will be used after a successful pat_ref_append() to propagate
the pattern to all use places (including parsing and indexing). On failure,
it will entirely roll back all insertions and free the pattern itself. It
also preserves the generation number so that it is convenient for use in
association with pat_ref_append(). pat_ref_add() was modified to rely on
it instead of open-coding the insertion and roll-back.
Right now it's not possible to perform a safe reload because we don't
know what patterns were recently added or were already present. This
patch adds a generation counter to the reference patterns so that it
is possible to know what generation of the reference they were loaded
with. A reference now has two generations, the current one, used for
all additions, and the next one, allocated to those wishing to update
the contents. The generation wraps at 2^32 so comparisons must be made
relative to the current position.
The idea will be that upon full reload, the caller will first get a new
generation ID, will insert all new patterns using it, will then switch
the current ID to the new one, and will delete all entries older than
the current ID. This has the benefit of supporting chunked updates that
remain consistent and that won't block the whole process for ages like
pat_ref_reload() currently does.
Till now the only way to remove a known reference was via
pat_ref_delete_by_id() which scans the whole list to find a matching pointer.
Let's add pat_ref_delete_by_ptr() which takes a valid pointer. It can be
called by the function above after the pointer is found, and can also be
used to roll back a failed insertion much more efficiently.
These ones are not used anymore, so let's remove them to remove a bit
of the complexity. The ACL keyword's delete() function could be removed
as well, though most keyword declarations are positional and we have a
high risk of introducing a mistake here, so let's not touch the ACL part.
pat_del_tree_gen() was already chained onto pat_del_list_gen() to deal
with remaining cases, so let's complete the merge and have a generic
pattern deletion function acting on the reference and taking care of
reliably removing all elements.
This is the next step in speeding up entry removal. Now we don't scan
the whole lists or trees for elements pointing to the target reference,
instead we start from the reference and delete all linked patterns.
This simplifies some delete functions since we don't need anymore to
delete multiple times from an expression since all nodes appear after
the reference element. We can now have one generic list and one generic
tree deletion function.
This required the replacement of pattern_delete() with an open-coded
version since we now need to lock all expressions first before proceeding.
This means there is a high risk of lock inversion here but given that the
expressions are always scanned in the same order from the same head, this
must not happen.
Now deleting first entries is instantaneous, and it's still slow to
delete the last ones when looking up their ID since it still requires
to look them up by a full scan, but it's already way faster than
previously. Typically removing the last 10 IP from a 20M entries ACL
with a full-scan each took less than 2 seconds.
It would be technically possible to make use of indexed entries to
speed up most lookups for removal by value (e.g. IP addresses) but
that's for later.
There is a data model issue in the current pattern design that makes
pattern deletion extremely expensive: there's no direct way from a
reference to access all indexed occurrences. As such, the only way
to remove all indexed entries corresponding to a reference update
is to scan all expressions's lists and trees to find a link to the
reference. While this was possibly OK when map removal was not
common and most maps were small, this is not conceivable anymore
with GeoIP maps containing 10M+ entries and del-map operations that
are triggered from http-request rulesets.
This patch introduces two list heads from the pattern reference, one
for the objects linked by lists and one for those linked by tree node.
Ideally a single list would be enough but the linked elements are too
much unrelated to be distinguished at the moment, so we'll need two
lists. However for the long term a single-linked list will suffice but
for now it's not possible due to the way elements are removed from
expressions. As such this patch adds 32 bytes of memory usage per
reference plus 16 per indexed entry, but both will be cut in half
later.
The links are not yet used for deletion, this patch only ensures the
list is always consistent.
Now we have a single prune() function to act on an expression, and one
delete function for the lists and one for the trees. The presence of a
pointer in the lists is enough to warrant a free, and we rely on the
PAT_SF_REGFREE flag to decide whether to free using free() or regfree().
Currently we have no way to know how to delete/prune a pattern in a
generic way. A pattern doesn't contain its own type so we don't know
what function to call. Tree nodes are roughly OK but not lists where
regex are possible. Let's add one new bit for sflags at index time to
indicate that regex_free() will be needed upon deletion. It's not used
for now.
It's not possible to uniquely update a single expression without updating
the pattern reference, I don't know why we've put the revision in the
expression back then, given that it in fact provides an update for a
full pattern. Let's move the revision into the reference's head instead.
This is in order to access malloc_trim() which is convenient after
clearing huge maps to reclaim memory. When this is detected, we also
define HA_HAVE_MALLOC_TRIM.
This patch implements a couple of converters to validate and extract data from a
MQTT (Message Queuing Telemetry Transport) message. The validation consists of a
few checks as well as "packet size" validation. The extraction can get any field
from the variable header and the payload.
This is limited to CONNECT and CONNACK packet types only. All other messages are
considered as invalid. It is not a problem for now because only the first packet
on each side can be parsed (CONNECT for the client and CONNACK for the server).
MQTT 3.1.1 and 5.0 are supported.
Reviewed and Fixed by Christopher Faulet <cfaulet@haproxy.com>
This patch implements a couple of converters to validate and extract tag value
from a FIX (Financial Information eXchange) message. The validation consists in
a few checks such as mandatory fields and checksum computation. The extraction
can get any tag value based on a tag string or tag id.
This patch requires the istend() function. Thus it depends on "MINOR: ist: Add
istend() function to return a pointer to the end of the string".
Reviewed and Fixed by Christopher Faulet <cfaulet@haproxy.com>
Released version 2.4-dev0 with the following main changes :
- MINOR: version: it's development again.
- DOC: mention in INSTALL that it's development again
Let us use SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list, defined by OpenSSL, as well as in
openssl-compat when SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST is present (BoringSSL),
for feature detection instead of versions.
OpenSSL 1.0.2 and onwards define SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list which is both a
function and a macro. OpenSSL 1.0.2 to 1.1.0 define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST
as a macro, which disappeared from 1.1.1. BoringSSL only has that one and
not the former macro but it does have the function. Let's keep the test on
the macro matching the function name by defining the macro to itself when
needed.
This does the same as fd_want_recv() except that it does check for
fd_updt[] to be allocated, as this may be called during early listener
initialization. Previously we used to check fd_updt[] before calling
fd_want_recv() but this is not correct since it does not update the
FD flags. This method will be safer.
The mem stats are pretty convenient to spot leaks, except that they count
free(NULL) as 1, and the code does actually have quite a number of free(foo)
guards where foo is NULL if the object was already freed. Let's just not
count these ones so that the stats remain consistent. Now it's possible
to compare the strdup()/malloc() and free() and verify they are consistent.
It's more convenient to return the element than to return just 0 or 1,
as the next thing we'll want to do is to act on this element! In addition
it was using variable arguments instead of consts, causing some reuse
constraints which were also addressed. This doesn't change its use as
a boolean, hence why call places were not modified.
The "weight" column on the stats page is somewhat confusing when using
slowstart becaue it reports the effective weight, without being really
explicit about it. In some situations the user-configured weight is more
relevant (especially with long slowstarts where it's important to know
if the configured weight is correct).
This adds a new uweight stat which reports a server's user-configured
weight, and in a backend it receives the sum of all servers' uweights.
In addition it adds the mention of "effective" in a few descriptions
for the "weight" column (help and doc).
As a result, the list of servers in a backend is now always scanned
when dumping the stats. But this is not a problem given that these
servers are already scanned anyway and for way heavier processing.
"no-maint" is a bit similar to "up" except that it will only hide
servers that are in maintenance (or disabled in the configuration), and
not those that are enabled but failed a check. One benefit here is to
significantly reduce the output of the "show stat" command when using
large server-templates containing entries that are not yet provisioned.
Note that the prometheus exporter also has such an option which does
the exact same.
This reverts commit b7ba1d9011. Actually
this test had already been removed in the past by commit fac0f645d
("BUG/MEDIUM: queue: make pendconn_cond_unlink() really thread-safe"),
but the condition to reproduce the bug mentioned there was not clear.
Now after analysis and a certain dose of code cleanup, things start to
appear more obvious. what happens is that if we check the presence of
the node in the tree without taking the lock, we can see the NULL at
the instant the node is being unlinked by another thread in
pendconn_process_next_strm() as part of __pendconn_unlink_prx() or
__pendconn_unlink_srv(). Till now there is no issue except that the
pendconn is not removed from the queue during this operation and that
the task is scheduled to be woken up by pendconn_process_next_strm()
with the stream being added to the list of the server's active
connections by __stream_add_srv_conn(). The first thread finishes
faster and gets back to stream_free() faster than the second one
sets the srv_conn on the stream, so stream_free() skips the s->srv_conn
test and doesn't try to dequeue the freshly queued entry. At the
very least a barrier would be needed there but we can't afford to
free the stream while it's being queued. So there's no other solution
than making sure that either __pendconn_unlink_prx() or
pendconn_cond_unlink() get the entry but never both, which is why the
lock is required around the test. A possible solution would be to set
p->target before unlinking the entry and using it to complete the test.
This would leave no dead period where the pendconn is not seen as
attached.
It is possible, yet extremely difficult, to reproduce this bug, which
was first noticed in bug #880. Running 100 servers with maxconn 1 and
maxqueue 1 on leastconn and a connect timeout of 30ms under 16 threads
with DEBUG_UAF, with a traffic making the backend's queue oscillate
around zero (typically using 250 connections with a local httpterm
server) may rarely manage to trigger a use-after-free.
No backport is needed.
On connection error processing, we can see massive storms of calls to
pendconn_cond_unlink() to release a possible place in the queue. For
example, in issue #908, on average half of the threads are caught in
this function via back_try_conn_req() consecutive to a synchronous
error. However we wait until grabbing the lock to know if the pendconn
is effectively in a queue, which is expensive for many cases. We know
the transition may only happen from in-queue to out-of-queue so it's safe
to first run a preliminary check to see if it's worth going further. This
will allow to avoid the cost of locking for most requests. This should
not change anything for those completing correctly as they're already
run through pendconn_free() which doesn't call pendconn_cond_unlink()
unless deemed necessary.
This is an anticipation of finer grained locking for the queues. For now
all lock places take a write lock so that there is no difference at all
with previous code.
In addition to the previous simplification, most locks don't use the
seek or read lock (e.g. spinlocks etc) so let's split the dump into
distinct operations (write/seek/read) and only report those which
were used. Now the output size is roughly divided by 5 compared
to previous ones.
The lock stats are very verbose and more than half of them are used in
a typical test, making it hard to spot the sought values. Let's simply
report "not used" for those which have not been called at all.
When an internal response is returned to a client, the message payload must be
skipped if it is a reply to a HEAD request. The payload is removed from the HTX
message just before the message forwarding.
This bugs has been around for a long time. It was already there in the pre-HTX
versions. In legacy HTTP mode, internal errors are not parsed. So this bug
cannot be easily fixed. Thus, this patch should only be backported in all HTX
versions, as far as 2.0. However, the code has significantly changed in the
2.2. Thus in the 2.1 and 2.0, the patch must be entirely reworked.
Partial support of conditional HTTP requests. This commit adds the
support of the 'If-None-Match' header (see RFC 7232#3.2).
When a client specifies a list of ETags through one or more
'If-None-Match' headers, they are all compared to the one that might have
been stored in the corresponding http cache entry until one of them
matches.
If a match happens, a specific "304 Not Modified" response is
sent instead of the cached data. This response has all the stored
headers but no other data (see RFC 7232#4.1). Otherwise, the whole cached data
is sent.
Although unlikely in a GET/HEAD request, the "If-None-Match: *" syntax is
valid and also receives a "304 Not Modified" response (RFC 7434#4.3.2).
This resolves a part of GitHub issue #821.
Add a function that compares two etags that might be of different types.
If any of them is weak, the 'W/' prefix is discarded and a strict string
comparison is performed.
Co-authored-by: Tim Duesterhus <tim@bastelstu.be>
In issue #785, users are reporting that it's not convenient to load a
".crt.key" when the configuration contains a ".crt".
This option allows to remove the extension of the certificate before
trying to load any extra SSL file (.key, .ocsp, .sctl, .issuer etc.)
The patch changes a little bit the way ssl_sock_load_files_into_ckch()
looks for the file.
When a connection is released, depending on its state, it may be detached from
the session and it may be removed from the server lists. The first case may
happen for private or unsharable active connections. The second one should only
be performed for idle or available connections. We never try to remove a
connection from the server list if it is attached to a session. But it is also
important to never try to remove a private connecion from the server lists, even
if it is not attached to a session. Otherwise, the curr_used_conn server counter
is decremented once too often.
This bug was introduced by the commit 04a24c5ea ("MINOR: connection: don't check
priv flag on free"). It is related to the issue #881. It only affects the 2.3,
no backport is needed.
This counter is only updated and never used, and in addition it's done
without any atomicity so it's very unlikely to be correct on multi-CPU
systems! Let's just remove it since it's not used.
A few structures were slightly rearranged in order to plug some holes
left around the locks. Sizes ranging from 8 to 32 bytes could be saved
depending on the structures. No performance difference was noticed (none
was expected there), though memory usage might be slightly reduced in
some rare cases.
We don't need to waste the size of a long for the locks: with the plocks,
even an unsigned short would offer enough room for up to 126 threads! Let's
use an unsigned int which will be easier to place in certain structures
and will more conveniently plug some holes, and Atomic ops are at least
as fast on 32-bit as on 64-bit. This will not change anything for 32-bit
platforms.
It's a bit overkill to register an initcall to call a function to set
a lock to zero when not debugging, let's just declare the lock as
pre-initialized to zero.
BoringSSL is a fork of OpenSSL 1.1.0, however in
49e9f67d8b7cbeb3953b5548ad1009d15947a523 it has changed version to 1.1.1.
Should fix issue #895.
This must be backported to 2.2, 2.1, 2.0, 1.8
It was previously a spinlock, and it happens that a number of LB algos
only lock it for lookups, without performing any modification. Let's
first turn it to an rwlock and w-lock it everywhere. This is strictly
identical.
It was carefully checked that every HA_SPIN_LOCK() was turned to
HA_RWLOCK_WRLOCK() and that HA_SPIN_UNLOCK() was turned to
HA_RWLOCK_WRUNLOCK() on this lock. _INIT and _DESTROY were updated too.
Since our locks are based on progressive locks, we support the upgradable
seek lock that is compatible with readers and upgradable to a write lock.
The main purpose is to take it while seeking down a tree for modification
while other threads may seek the same tree for an input (e.g. compute the
next event date).
The newly supported operations are:
HA_RWLOCK_SKLOCK(lbl,l) pl_take_s(l) /* N --> S */
HA_RWLOCK_SKTOWR(lbl,l) pl_stow(l) /* S --> W */
HA_RWLOCK_WRTOSK(lbl,l) pl_wtos(l) /* W --> S */
HA_RWLOCK_SKTORD(lbl,l) pl_stor(l) /* S --> R */
HA_RWLOCK_WRTORD(lbl,l) pl_wtor(l) /* W --> R */
HA_RWLOCK_SKUNLOCK(lbl,l) pl_drop_s(l) /* S --> N */
HA_RWLOCK_TRYSKLOCK(lbl,l) (!pl_try_s(l)) /* N -?> S */
HA_RWLOCK_TRYRDTOSK(lbl,l) (!pl_try_rtos(l)) /* R -?> S */
Existing code paths are left unaffected so this patch doesn't affect
any running code.
We currently use only read and write lock operations with rwlocks, but
ours also support upgradable seek locks for which we do not report any
stats. Let's add them now when DEBUG_THREAD is enabled.
We don't need to specify the handler anymore since it's set in the
receiver. Let's remove this argument from the function and clean up
the remains of code that were still setting it.
Now we define a new sock_accept_iocb() for socket-based stream protocols
and use it as a wrapper for listener_accept() which now takes a listener
and not an FD anymore. This will allow the receiver's I/O cb to be
redefined during registration, and more specifically to get rid of the
hard-coded hacks in protocol_bind_all() made for syslog.
The previous ->accept() callback in the protocol was removed since it
doesn't have anything to do with accept() anymore but is more generic.
A few places where listener_accept() was compared against the FD's IO
callback for debugging purposes on the CLI were updated.
For now we're still using the protocol's default accept() function as
the I/O callback registered by the receiver into the poller. While
this is usable for most TCP connections where a listener is needed,
this is not suitable for UDP where a different handler is needed.
Let's make this configurable in the receiver just like the upper layer
is configurable for listeners. In order to ease stream protocols
handling, the protocols will now provide a default I/O callback
which will be preset into the receivers upon allocation so that
almost none of them has to deal with it.
The socket-specific accept() code in listener_accept() has nothing to
do there. Let's move it to sock.c where it can be significantly cleaned
up. It will now directly return an accepted connection and provide a
status code instead of letting listener_accept() deal with various errno
values. Note that this doesn't support the sockpair specific code.
The function is now responsible for dealing with its own receiver's
polling state and calling fd_cant_recv() when facing EAGAIN.
One tiny change from the previous implementation is that the connection's
sockaddr is now allocated before trying accept(), which saves a memcpy()
of the resulting address for each accept at the expense of a cheap
pool_alloc/pool_free on the final accept returning EAGAIN. This still
apparently slightly improves accept performance in microbencharks.
This per-protocol function will be used to accept an incoming
connection and return it as a struct connection*. As such the protocol
stack's internal representation of a connection will not need to be
handled by the listener code.
This call was introduced by commit 5ced3e887 ("MINOR: sock: add
sock_accept_conn() to test a listening socket") but is actually quite
confusing because it makes one think the socket will accept a connection
(which is what we want to have in a new function) while it only tells
whether it's configured to accept connections. Let's call it
sock_accepting_conn() instead.
The same change was applied to sockpair which had the same issue.
accept_conn() will be used to accept an incoming connection and return it.
It will have to deal with various error codes. The currently identified
ones were created as CO_AC_*.
Till now we would keep a per-thread queue of pending incoming connections
for which we would store:
- the listener
- the accepted FD
- the source address
- the source address' length
And these elements were first used in session_accept_fd() running on the
target thread to allocate a connection and duplicate them again. Doing
this induces various problems. The first one is that session_accept_fd()
may only run on file descriptors and cannot be reused for QUIC. The second
issue is that it induces lots of memory copies and that the listerner
queue thrashes a lot of cache, consuming 64 bytes per entry.
This patch changes this by allocating the connection before queueing it,
and by only placing the connection's pointer into the queue. Indeed, the
first two calls used to initialize the connection already store all the
information above, which can be retrieved from the connection pointer
alone. So we just have to pop one pointer from the target thread, and
pass it to session_accept_fd() which only needs the FD for the final
settings.
This starts to make the accept path a bit more transport-agnostic, and
saves memory and CPU cycles at the same time (1% connection rate increase
was noticed with 4 threads). Thanks to dividing the accept-queue entry
size from 64 to 8 bytes, its size could be increased from 256 to 1024
connections while still dividing the overall size by two. No single
queue full condition was met.
One minor drawback is that connection may be allocated from one thread's
pool to be used into another one. But this already happens a lot with
connection reuse so there is really nothing new here.
Roughly half of the calls to sockadr_alloc() are made to copy an already
known address. Let's optionally pass it in argument so that the function
can handle the copy at the same time, this slightly simplifies its usage.
fd_done_recv() used to be useful with the FD cache because it used to
allow to keep a file descriptor active in the poller without being
marked as ready in the cache, saving it from ringing immediately,
without incurring any system call. It was a way to make it yield
to wait for new events leaving a bit of time for others. The only
user left was the connection accepter (listen_accept()). We used
to suspect that with the FD cache removal it had become totally
useless since changing its readiness or not wouldn't change its
status regarding the poller itself, which would be the only one
deciding to report it again.
Careful tests showed that it indeed has exactly zero effect nowadays,
the syscall numbers are exactly the same with and without, including
when enabling edge-triggered polling.
Given that there's no more API available to manipulate it and that it
was directly called as an optimization from listener_accept(), it's
about time to remove it.
No protocol defines it anymore. The last user used to be the monitor-net
stuff that got partially broken already when the tcp_drain() function
moved to conn_sock_drain() with commit e215bba95 ("MINOR: connection:
make conn_sock_drain() work for all socket families") in 1.9-dev2.
A part of this will surely move back later when non-socket connections
arrive with QUIC but better keep the API clean and implement what's
needed in time instead.
As discussed here during 2.1-dev, "monitor-net" is totally obsolete:
https://www.mail-archive.com/haproxy@formilux.org/msg35204.html
It's fundamentally incompatible with usage of SSL, and imposes the
presence of file descriptors with hard-coded syscalls directly in the
generic accept path.
It's very unlikely that anyone has used it in the last 10 years for
anything beyond testing. In the worst case if anyone would depend
on it, replacing it with "http-request return status 200 if ..." and
"mode http" would certainly do the trick.
The keyword is still detected as special by the config parser to help
users update their configurations appropriately.
As discussed here during 2.1-dev, "mode health" is totally obsolete:
https://www.mail-archive.com/haproxy@formilux.org/msg35204.html
It's fundamentally incompatible with usage of SSL, doesn't support
source filtering, and imposes the presence of file descriptors with
hard-coded syscalls directly in the generic accept path.
It's very unlikely that anyone has used it in the last 10 years for
anything beyond testing. In the worst case if anyone would depend
on it, replacing it with "http-request return status 200" and "mode
http" would certainly do the trick.
The keyword is still detected as special by the config parser to help
users update their configurations appropriately.
Do not check CO_FL_PRIVATE flag to check if the connection is in session
list on conn_free. This is necessary due to the future patches which add
server connections in the session list even if not private, if the mux
protocol is the subject of HOL blocking.
On server connection migration from one thread to another, the wrong
idle thread-specific counter is decremented. This bug was introduced
since commit 3d52f0f1f8 due to the
factorization with srv_use_idle_conn. However, this statement is only
executed from conn_backend_get. Extract the decrement from
srv_use_idle_conn in conn_backend_get and use the correct
thread-specific counter.
Rename the function to srv_use_conn to better reflect its purpose as it
is also used with a newly initialized connection not in the idle list.
As a side change, the connection insertion to available list has also
been extracted to conn_backend_get. This will be useful to be able to
specify an alternative list for protocol subject to HOL risk that should
not be shared between several clients.
This bug is only present in this release and thus do not need a backport.
Now we introdce a new .rx_listening() function to report if a receiver is
actually a listening socket. The reason for this is to help detect shared
sockets that might have been broken by sibling processes.
At several places we need to check if a socket is still valid and still
willing to accept connections. Instead of open-coding this, each time,
let's add a new function for this.
This patch adds "coll" new counter and the heartbeat timer values to "show peers"
command. It also adds the elapsed time since the last handshake to new "last_hdshk"
new peer dump field.
Now we have ->suspend() and ->resume() for listeners at the protocol
level. This means that it now becomes possible for a protocol to redefine
its own way to suspend and resume. The default functions are provided for
TCP, UDP and unix, and they are pass-through to the receiver equivalent
as it used to be till now. Nothing was defined for sockpair since it does
not need to suspend/resume during reloads, hence it will succeed.
The inner part now goes into the protocol and is used to decide how to
unbind a given protocol's listener. The existing code which is able to
also unbind the receiver was provided as a default function that we
currently use everywhere. Some complex listeners like QUIC will use this
to decide how to unbind without impacting existing connections, possibly
by setting up other incoming paths for the traffic.
This is used as a generic way to unbind a receiver at the end of
do_unbind_listener(). This allows to considerably simplify that function
since we can now let the protocol perform the cleanup. The generic code
was moved to sock.c, along with the conditional rx_disable() call. Now
the code also supports that the ->disable() function of the protocol
which acts on the listener performs the close itself and adjusts the
RX_F_BUOND flag accordingly.
This listener flag indicates whether the receiver part of the listener
is specific to the master or to the workers. In practice it's only used
by the master's CLI right now. It's used to know whether or not the FD
must be closed before forking the workers. For this reason it's way more
of a receiver's property than a listener's property, so let's move it
there under the name RX_F_MWORKER. The rest of the code remains
unchanged.
And also remove it from its callers. This subtle distinction was added as
sort of a hack for the seamless reload feature but is not needed anymore
since the do_close turned unused since commit previous commit ("MEDIUM:
listener: let do_unbind_listener() decide whether to close or not").
This also removes the unbind_listener_no_close() function.
This will instantly stop all listeners except those which belong to
a proxy configured with a grace time. This means that UDP listeners,
and peers will also be stopped when called this way.
There are multiple ways a proxy may switch to the disabled state,
but now it's essentially once it loses its last listener. Instead
of keeping duplicate code around and reporting the state change
before actually seeing it, we now report it at the moment it's
performed (from the last listener leaving) which allows to remove
the message from all other places.
For now we cannot easily distinguish a peers frontend from another one,
which will be problematic to avoid reporting them when stopping their
listeners. Let's add PR_MODE_PEERS for this. It's not supposed to cause
any issue since all non-HTTP proxies are handled similarly now.
This function will be used to definitely stop a listener (e.g. during a
soft_stop). This is actually tricky because it may be called for a proxy
or for a protocol, both of which require locks and already hold some. The
function takes booleans indicating which ones are already held, hoping
this will be enough. It's not well defined wether proto->disable() and
proto->rx_disable() are supposed to be called with any lock held, and
they are used from do_unbind_listener() with all these locks. Some back
annotations ought to be added on this point.
The proxy's listeners count is updated, and the proxy is marked as
disabled and woken up after the last one is gone. Note that a
listener in listen state is already not attached anymore since it
was disabled.
We'll need an already locked variant of this function so let's make
__delete_listener() which will be called with the protocol lock held
and the listener's lock held.
These methods will be used to enable/disable accepting new connections
so that listeners do not play with FD directly anymore. Since all the
currently supported protocols work on socket for now, these are identical
to the rx_enable/rx_disable functions. However they were not defined in
sock.c since it's likely that some will quickly start to differ. At the
moment they're not used.
We have to take care of fd_updt before calling fd_{want,stop}_recv()
because it's allocated fairly late in the boot process and some such
functions may be called very early (e.g. to stop a disabled frontend's
listeners).
These methods will be used to enable/disable rx at the receiver level so
that callers don't play with FDs directly anymore. All our protocols use
the generic ones from sock.c at the moment. For now they're not used.
These will be used on receivers, to enable or disable receiving on a
listener, which most of the time just consists in enabling/disabling
the file descriptor.
We have to take care of the existence of fd_updt to know if we may
or not call fd_{want,stop}_recv() since it's not permitted in very
early boot.
This one undoes ->rx_suspend(), it tries to restore an operational socket.
It was only implemented for TCP since it's the only one we support right
now.
The ->pause method is inappropriate since it doesn't exactly "pause" a
listener but rather temporarily disables it so that it's not visible at
all to let another process take its place. The term "suspend" is more
suitable, since the "pause" is actually what we'll need to apply to the
FULL and LIMITED states which really need to make a pause in the accept
process. And it goes well with the use of the "resume" function that
will also need to be made per-protocol.
Let's rename the function and make it act on the receiver since it's
already what it essentially does, hence the prefix "_rx" to make it
more explicit.
The protocol struct was a bit reordered because it was becoming a real
mess between the parts related to the listeners and those for the
receivers.
Since the listeners were split into receiver+listener, this field ought
to have been renamed because it's confusing. It really links receivers
and not listeners, as most of the time it's used via rx.proto_list!
The nb_listeners field was updated accordingly.
These ones have never been called, they were referenced by the protocol's
disable_all for some protocols but there are no traces of their use, so
in addition to not being sure the code works, it has never been tested.
Let's remove a bit of complexity starting from there.
These two functions are used to pause and resume all listeners of
all protocols. They use the standard listener functions for this
so they're supposed to handle the situation gracefully regardless
of the upper proxies' states, and they will report completion on
proxies once the switch is performed.
It might be nice to define a particular "failed" state for listeners
that cannot resume and to count them on proxies in order to mention
that they're definitely stuck. On the other hand, the current
situation is retryable which is quite appreciable as well.
The two functions don't need to be distinguished anymore since they have
all the necessary info to act as needed on their listeners. Let's just
pass via stop_proxy() and make it check for each listener which one to
close or not.
Its sole remaining purpose was to display "proxy foo started", which
has little benefit and pollutes output for those with plenty of proxies.
Let's remove it now.
The VTCs were updated to reflect this, because many of them had explicit
counts of dropped lines to match this message.
This is tagged as MEDIUM because some users may be surprized by the
loss of this quite old message.
The remaining proxy states were only used to distinguish an enabled
proxy from a disabled one. Due to the initialization order, both
PR_STNEW and PR_STREADY were equivalent after startup, and they
would only differ from PR_STSTOPPED when the proxy is disabled or
shutdown (which is effectively another way to disable it).
Now we just have a "disabled" field which allows to distinguish them.
It's becoming obvious that start_proxies() is only used to print a
greeting message now, that we'd rather get rid of. Probably that
zombify_proxy() and stop_proxy() should be merged once their
differences move to the right place.
The enabled/disabled config options were stored into a "state" field
that is an integer but contained only PR_STNEW or PR_STSTOPPED, which
is a bit confusing, and causes a dependency with proxies. This was
renamed to "disabled" and is used as a boolean. The field was also
moved to the end of the struct to stop creating a hole and fill another
one.
This state was used to mention that a proxy was in PAUSED state, as opposed
to the READY state. This was causing some trouble because if a listener
failed to resume (e.g. because its port was temporarily in use during the
resume), it was not possible to retry the operation later. Now by checking
the number of READY or PAUSED listeners instead, we can accurately know if
something went bad and try to fix it again later. The case of the temporary
port conflict during resume now works well:
$ socat readline /tmp/sock1
prompt
> disable frontend testme3
> disable frontend testme3
All sockets are already disabled.
> enable frontend testme3
Failed to resume frontend, check logs for precise cause (port conflict?).
> enable frontend testme3
> enable frontend testme3
All sockets are already enabled.
This state is only set when a pause() fails but isn't even set when a
resume() fails. And we cannot recover from this state. Instead, let's
just count remaining ready listeners to decide to emit an error or not.
It's more accurate and will better support new attempts if needed.
Since v1.4 or so, it's almost not possible anymore to set this state. The
only exception is by using the CLI to change a frontend's maxconn setting
below its current usage. This case makes no sense, and for other cases it
doesn't make sense either because "full" is a vague concept when only
certain listeners are full and not all. Let's just remove this unused
state and make it clear that it's not reported. The "ready" or "open"
states will continue to be reported without being misleading as they
will be opposed to "stop".
The proxy state tries to be synthetic but that doesn't work well with
many listeners, especially for transition phases or after a failed
pause/resume.
In order to address this, we'll instead rely on counters of listeners in
a given state for the 3 major states (ready, paused, listen) and a total
counter. We'll now be able to determine a proxy's state by comparing these
counters only.
This function is used as a wrapper to set a listener's state everywhere.
We'll use it later to maintain some counters in a consistent state when
switching state so it's capital that all state changes go through it.
No functional change was made beyond calling the wrapper.
The zombie state is not used anymore by the listeners, because in the
last two cases where it was tested it couldn't match as it was covered
by the test on the process mask. Instead now the FD is either in the
LISTEN state or the INIT state. This also avoids forcing the listener
to be single-dimensional because actually belonging to another process
isn't totally exclusive with the other states, which explains some of
the difficulties requiring to check the proc_mask and the fd sometimes.
So let's get rid of it now not to be tempted to reuse it.
The doc on the listeners state was updated.
Use the new stats module API to integrate the dns counters in the
standard stats. This is done in order to avoid code duplication, keep
the code related to cli out of dns and use the full possibility of the
stats function, allowing to print dns stats in csv or json format.
Add a boolean 'clearable' on stats module structure. If set, it forces
all the counters to be reset on 'clear counters' cli command. If not,
the counters are reset only when 'clear counters all' is used.
This is executed on startup with the registered statistics module. The
existing statistics have been merged in a list containing all
statistics for each domain. This is useful to print all available
statistics in a generic way.
Allocate extra counters for all proxies/servers/listeners instances.
These counters are allocated with the counters from the stats modules
registered on startup.
Implement a small API to easily add extra counters inside a structure
instance. This will be used to implement dynamic statistics linked on
every type of object as needed.
The counters are stored in a dynamic array inside the relevant objects.
A stat module can be registered to quickly add new statistics on
haproxy. It must be attached to one of the available stats domain. The
register must be done using INITCALL on STG_REGISTER.
The stat module has a name which should be unique for each new module in
a domain. It also contains a statistics list with their name/desc and a
pointer to a function used to fill the stats from the module counters.
The module also provides the initial counters values used on
automatically allocated counters. The offset for these counters
are stored in the module structure.
This flag can be used to determine on what type of proxy object the
statistics should be relevant. It will be useful when adding dynamic
statistics. Currently, this flag is not used.
The domain option will be used to have statistics attached to other
objects than proxies/listeners/servers. At the moment, only the PROXY
domain is available.
Add an argument 'domain' on the 'show stats' cli command to specify the
domain. Only 'domain proxy' is available now. If not specified, proxy
will be considered the default domain.
For HTML output, only proxy statistics will be displayed.
Use an opaque pointer to store proxy instance. Regroup server/listener
as a single opaque pointer. This has the benefit to render the structure
more evolutive to support statistics on other types of objects in the
future.
This patch is needed to extend stat support for components other than
proxies objects.
The prometheus module has been adapted for these changes.
Render the stats size parametric in csv/json dump functions. This is
needed for the future patch which provides dynamic stats. For now the
static value ST_F_TOTAL_FIELDS is provided.
Remove unused parameter px on stats_dump_one_line.
This patch is needed to extend stat support to components other than
proxies objects.
Un-mark stats_dump_one_line and stats_putchk as static and export them
in the header file. These functions will be reusable by other components to
print their statistics.
This patch is needed to extend stat support to components other than
proxies objects.
A crash reported in github issue #880 looks impossible unless
pendconn_cond_unlink() occasionally sees a null leaf_p when attempting
to remove an entry, which seems to be confirmed by the reporter. What
seems to be happening is that depending on compiler optimizations,
this pointer can appear as null while pointers are moved if one of
the node's parents is removed from or inserted into the tree. There's
no explicit null of the pointer during these operations but those
pointers are rewritten in multiple steps and nothing prevents this
situation from happening, and there are no particular barrier nor
atomic ops around this.
This test was used to avoid unnecessary locking, for already deleted
entries, but looking at the code it appears that pendconn_free() already
resets s->pend_pos that's used as <p> there, and that the other call
reasons are after an error where the connection will be dropped as
well. So we don't save anything by doing this test, and make it
unsafe. The older code used to check for list emptiness there and
not inside pendconn_unlink(), which explains why the code has stayed
there. Let's just remove this now.
Thanks to @jaroslawr for reporting this issue in great details and for
testing the proposed fix.
This should be backpored to 1.8, where the test on LIST_ISEMPTY should
be moved to pendconn_unlink() instead (inside the lock, just like 2.0+).
Allow the syntax "${...[*]}" to expand an environment variable
containing several values separated by spaces as individual arguments. A
new flag PARSE_OPT_WORD_EXPAND has been added to toggle this feature on
parse_line invocation. In case of an invalid syntax, a new error
PARSE_ERR_WRONG_EXPAND will be triggered.
This feature has been asked on the github issue #165.
As part of his GREASE experiments on Chromium, Bence Bky reported in
https://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2020JulSep/0202.html
and https://bugs.chromium.org/p/chromium/issues/detail?id=1127060 that
a certain combination of frame type and frame flags was causing an error
on app.slack.com. It turns out that it's haproxy that is causing this
issue because the frame type is wrongly assumed to support padding, the
frame flags indicate padding is present, and the frame is too short for
this, resulting in an error.
The reason why only some frame types are affected is due to the frame
type being used in a bit shift to match against a mask, and where the
5 lower bits of the frame type only are used to compute the frame bit.
If the resulting frame bit matches a DATA, HEADERS or PUSH_PROMISE frame
bit, then padding support is assumed and the test is enforced, resulting
in a PROTOCOL_ERROR or FRAME_SIZE_ERROR depending on the payload size.
We must never match any such bit for unsupported frame types so let's
add a check for this. This must be backported as far as 1.8.
Thanks to Cooper Bethea for providing enough context to help narrow the
issue down and to Bence Bky for creating a simple reproducer.
We don't need to cheat with the sock_domain anymore, we now always have
the SOCK_DGRAM sock_type as a complementary selector. This patch restores
the sock_domain to AF_INET* in the udp* protocols and removes all traces
of the now unused AF_CUST_*.
The protocol array used to be only indexed by socket family, which is very
problematic with UDP (requiring an extra family) and with the forthcoming
QUIC (also requiring an extra family), especially since that binds them to
certain families, prevents them from supporting dgram UNIX sockets etc.
In order to address this, we now start to register the protocols with more
info, namely the socket type and the control type (either stream or dgram).
This is sufficient for the protocols we have to deal with, but could also
be extended further if multiple protocol variants were needed. But as is,
it still fits nicely in an array, which is convenient for lookups that are
instant.
This one will be needed to more accurately select a protocol. It may
differ from the socket type for QUIC, which uses dgram at the socket
layer and provides stream at the control layer. The upper level requests
a control layer only so we need this field.
Most callers of str2sa_range() need the protocol only to check that it
provides a ->connect() method. It used to be used to verify that it's a
stream protocol, but it might be a bit early to get rid of it. Let's keep
the test for now but move it to str2sa_range() when the new flag PA_O_CONNECT
is present. This way almost all call places could be cleaned from this.
There's a strange test in the server address parsing code that rechecks
the family from the socket which seems to be a duplicate of the previously
removed tests. It will have to be rechecked.
We'll need this so that it can return pointers to stacked protocol in
the future (for QUIC). In addition this removes a lot of tests for
protocol validity in the callers.
Some of them were checked further apart, or after a call to
str2listener() and they were simplified as well.
There's still a trick, we can fail to return a protocol in case the caller
accepts an fqdn for use later. This is what servers do and in this case it
is valid to return no protocol. A typical example is:
server foo localhost:1111
The function will need to use more than just a family, let's pass it
the selected protocol. The caller will then be able to do all the fancy
stuff required to pick the best protocol.
This is at least temporary, as the migration at once is way too difficuly.
For now it still creates listeners but only allows DGRAM sockets. This
aims at easing the split between listeners and receivers.
If a file descriptor was passed, we can optionally return it. This will
be useful for listening sockets which are both a pre-bound FD and a ready
socket.
These flags indicate whether the call is made to fill a bind or a server
line, or even just send/recv calls (like logs or dns). Some special cases
are made for outgoing FDs (e.g. pipes for logs) or socket FDs (e.g external
listeners), and there's a distinction between stream or dgram usage that's
expected to significantly help str2sa_range() proceed appropriately with
the input information. For now they are not used yet.
These flags indicate what is expected regarding port specifications. Some
callers accept none, some need fixed ports, some have it mandatory, some
support ranges, and some take an offset. Each possibilty is reflected by
an option. For now they are not exploited, but the goal is to instrument
str2sa_range() to properly parse that.
We currently have an argument to require that the address is resolved
but we'll soon add more, so let's turn it into a bit field. The old
"resolve" boolean is now PA_O_RESOLVE.
At some places (log fd@XXX, bind fd@XXX) we support using an explicit
file descriptor number, that is placed into the sockaddr for later use.
The problem is that till now it was done with an AF_UNSPEC family, which
is also used for other situations like missing info or rings (for logs).
Let's create an "official" family AF_CUST_EXISTING_FD for this case so
that we are certain the FD can be found in the address when it is set.
This removes the following fields from struct protocol that are now
retrieved from the protocol family instead: .sock_family, .sock_addrlen,
.l3_addrlen, .addrcmp, .bind, .get_src, .get_dst.
This also removes the UDP-specific udp{,6}_get_{src,dst}() functions
which were referenced but not used yet. Their goal was only to remap
the original AF_INET* addresses to AF_CUST_UDP*.
Note that .sock_domain is still there as it's used as a selector for
the protocol struct to be used.
We now take care of retrieving sock_family, l3_addrlen, bind(),
addrcmp(), get_src() and get_dst() from the protocol family and
not just the protocol itself. There are very few places, this was
only seldom used. Interestingly in sock_inet.c used to rely on
->sock_family instead of ->sock_domain, and sock_unix.c used to
hard-code PF_UNIX instead of using ->sock_domain.
Also it appears obvious we have something wrong it the protocol
selection algorithm because sock_domain is the one set to the custom
protocols while it ought to be sock_family instead, which would avoid
having to hard-code some conversions for UDP namely.
We need to specially handle protocol families which regroup common
functions used for a given address family. These functions include
bind(), addrcmp(), get_src() and get_dst() for now. Some fields are
also added about the address family, socket domain (protocol family
passed to the socket() syscall), and address length.
These protocol families are referenced from the protocols but not yet
used.
Note that for now we don't have a sockpair.c file to host that unusual
family, so the new function was placed directly into proto_sockpair.c.
It's no big deal given that this family is currently not shared with
multiple protocols.
The function does almost nothing but setting up the receiver. This is
normal as the socket the FDs are passed onto are supposed to have been
already created somewhere else, and the only usable identifier for such
a socket pair is the receiving FD itself.
The function was assigned to sockpair's ->bind() and is not used yet.
This function performs all the bind-related stuff for UNIX sockets that
was previously done in uxst_bind_listener(). There is a very tiny
difference however, which is that previously, in the unlikely event
where listen() would fail, it was still possible to roll back the binding
and rename the backup to the original socket. Now we have to rename it
before calling returning, hence it will be done before calling listen().
However, this doesn't cover any particular use case since listen() has no
reason to fail there (and the rollback is not done for inherited sockets),
that was just done that way as a generic error processing path.
The code is not used yet and is referenced in the uxst proto's ->bind().
This function collects all the receiver-specific code from both
tcp_bind_listener() and udp_bind_listener() in order to provide a more
generic AF_INET/AF_INET6 socket binding function. For now the API is
not very elegant because some info are still missing from the receiver
while there's no ideal place to fill them except when calling ->listen()
at the protocol level. It looks like some polishing code is needed in
check_config_validity() or somewhere around this in order to finalize
the receivers' setup. The main issue is that listeners and receivers
are created *before* bind_conf options are parsed and that there's no
finishing step to resolve some of them.
The function currently sets up a receiver and subscribes it to the
poller. In an ideal world we wouldn't subscribe it but let the caller
do it after having finished to configure the L4 stuff. The problem is
that the caller would then need to perform an fd_insert() call and to
possibly set the exported flag on the FD while it's not its job. Maybe
an improvement could be to have a separate sock_start_receiver() call
in sock.c.
For now the function is not used but it will soon be. It's already
referenced as tcp and udp's ->bind().
This will be the function that must be used to bind the receiver. It
solely depends on the address family but for now it's simpler to have
it per protocol.
The new RX_O_FOREIGN, RX_O_V6ONLY and RX_O_V4V6 options are now set into
the rx_settings part during the parsing, so that we don't need to adjust
them in each and every listener anymore. We have to keep both v4v6 and
v6only due to the precedence from v6only over v4v6.
It's the receiver's FD that's inherited from the parent process, not
the listener's so the flag must move to the receiver so that appropriate
actions can be taken.
In order to split the receiver from the listener, we'll need to know that
a socket is already bound and ready to receive. We used to do that via
tha LI_O_ASSIGNED state but that's not sufficient anymore since the
receiver might not belong to a listener anymore. The new RX_F_BOUND flag
is used for this.
A receiver will have to pass a context to be installed into the fdtab
for use by the handler. We need to set this into the receiver struct
as the bind will happen longer after the configuration.
Just like listeners keep a pointer to their bind_conf, receivers now also
have a pointer to their rx_settings. All those belonging to a listener are
automatically initialized with a pointer to the bind_conf's settings.
We'll soon add flags for the receivers, better add them to the final
file, so it's time to move the definition to receiver-t.h. The struct
receiver and rx_settings were placed there.
The receiver is the one which depends on the protocol while the listener
relies on the receiver. Let's move the protocol there. Since there's also
a list element to get back to the listener from the proto list, this list
element (proto_list) was moved as well. For now when scanning protos, we
still see listeners which are linked by their rx.proto_list part.
The listening socket is represented by its file descriptor, which is
generic to all receivers and not just listeners, so it must move to
the rx struct.
It's worth noting that in order to extend receivers and listeners to
other protocols such as QUIC, we'll need other handles than file
descriptors here, and that either a union or a cast to uintptr_t
will have to be used. This was not done yet and the field was
preserved under the name "fd" to avoid adding confusion.
In order to start to split the listeners into the listener part and the
event receiver part, we introduce a new field "rx" into struct listener
that will eventually become a separate struct receiver. This patch only
adds the struct with an options field that the receivers will need.
The netns is common to all listeners/receivers and is used to bind the
listening socket so it must be in the receiver settings and not in the
listener. This removes some yet another set of unnecessary loops.
The interface is common to all listeners/receivers and is used to bind
the listening socket so it must be in the receiver settings and not in
the listener. This removes some unnecessary loops.
There currently is a large inconsistency in how binding parameters are
split between bind_conf and listeners. It happens that for historical
reasons some parameters are available at the listener level but cannot
be configured per-listener but only for a bind_conf, and thus, need to
be replicated. In addition, some of the bind_conf parameters are in fact
for the listening socket itself while others are for the instanciated
sockets.
A previous attempt at splitting listeners into receivers failed because
the boundary between all these settings is not well defined.
This patch introduces a level of listening socket settings in the
bind_conf, that will be detachable later. Such settings that are solely
for the listening socket are:
- unix socket permissions (used only during binding)
- interface (used for binding)
- network namespace (used for binding)
- process mask and thread mask (used during startup)
The rest seems to be used only to initialize the resulting sockets, or
to control the accept rate. For now, only the unix params (bind_conf->ux)
were moved there.
Remove the last utility functions for handling the multi-cert bundles
and remove the multi-variable from the ckch structure.
With this patch, the bundles are completely removed.
Since the removal of the multi-certificates bundle support, this
variable is not useful anymore, we can remove all tests for this
variable and suppose that every ckch contains a single certificate.
Commit 4987a4744 ("CLEANUP: tree-wide: use VAR_ARRAY instead of [0] in
various definitions") broke the build on clang due to the tlv field used
to receive/send the proxy protocol. The problem is that struct tlv is
included at the beginning of struct tlv_ssl, which doesn't make much
sense. In fact the value[] array isn't really a var array but just an
end of struct marker, and must really be an array of size zero.
Surprisingly there were still a number of [0] definitions for variable
sized arrays in certain structures all over the code. We need to use
VAR_ARRAY instead of zero to accommodate various compilers' preferences,
as zero was used only on old ones and tends to report errors on new ones.
tcc supports variadic macros provided that there is always at least one
argument, like older gcc versions. Thus we need to always keep one and
define args as the remaining ones. It's not an issue at all and doesn't
change the way to use them, just the internal definitions.
For whatever reason, glibc decided that the __attribute__ keyword is
the exclusive property of gcc, and redefines it to an empty macro on
other compilers. Some non-gcc compilers also support it (possibly
partially), tinycc is one of them. By doing this, glibc silently
broke all constructors, resulting in code that arrives in main() with
uninitialized variables.
The solution we use here consists in undefining the macro on non-gcc
compilers, and redefining it to itself in order to cause a conflict in
the event the redefinition would happen afterwards. This visibly solved
the problem.
Some checks on __GNUC__ imply that if it's undefined it will match a
low value but that's not always what we want, like for example in the
VAR_ARRAY definition which is not needed on tcc. Let's always be explicit
on these tests.
A SRV record keeps a reference on the corresponding additional record, if
any. But this additional record is also inserted in a separate linked-list into
the dns response. The problems arise when obsolete additional records are
released. The additional records list is purged but the SRV records always
reference these objects, leading to an undefined behavior. Worst, this happens
very quickly because additional records are never renewed. Thus, once received,
an additional record will always expire.
Now, the addtional record are only associated to a SRV record or simply
ignored. And the last version is always used.
This patch helps to fix the issue #841. It must be backported to 2.2.
Ever since the protocols were added in 1.3.13, listeners used to be
started twice:
- once by start_proxies(), which iteratees over all proxies then all
listeners ;
- once by protocol_bind_all() which iterates over all protocols then
all listeners ;
It's a real mess because error reporting is not even consistent, and
more importantly now that some protocols do not appear in regular
proxies (peers, logs), there is no way to retry their binding should
it fail on the last step.
What this patch does is to make sure that listeners are exclusively
started by protocols. The failure to start a listener now causes the
emission of an error indicating the proxy's name (as it used to be
the case per proxy), and retryable failures are silently ignored
during all but last attempts.
The start_proxies() function was kept solely for setting the proxy's
state to READY and emitting the "Proxy started" message and log that
some have likely got used to seeking in their logs.
When calling the http_replace_res_status() function, an optional reason may now
be set. It is ignored if it points to NULL and the original reason is
preserved. Only the response status is replaced. Otherwise both the status and
the reason are replaced.
It simplifies the API and most of time, avoids an extra call to
http_replace_res_reason().
The http_replace_req_path() function now takes a third argument to evaluate the
query-string as part of the path or to preserve it. If <with_qs> is set, the
query-string is replaced with the path. Otherwise, only the path is replaced.
This patch is mandatory to fix issue #829. The next commit depends on it. So be
carefull during backports.
For now we still don't retrieve dgram sockets, but the code must be able
to distinguish them before we switch to receivers. This adds a new flag
to the xfer_sock_list indicating that a socket is of type SOCK_DGRAM. The
way to set the flag for now is by looking at the dummy address family which
equals AF_CUST_UDP{4,6} in this case (given that other dgram sockets are not
yet supported).
We'll want to store more info there and some info that are not represented
in listener options at the moment (such as dgram vs stream) so let's get
rid of these and instead use a new set of options (SOCK_XFER_OPT_*).
The new function was called sock_get_old_sockets() and was left as-is
except a minimum amount of style lifting to make it more readable. It
will never be awesome anyway since it's used very early in the boot
sequence and needs to perform socket I/O without any external help.
This code was highly redundant, existing for TCP clients, TCP servers
and UDP servers. Let's move it to sock_inet where it belongs. The new
functions are sock_inet4_make_foreign() and sock_inet6_make_foreign().
This is essentially a merge from tcp_find_compatible_fd() and
uxst_find_compatible_fd() that relies on a listener's address and
compare function and still checks for other variations. For AF_INET6
it compares a few of the listener's bind options. A minor change for
UNIX sockets is that transparent mode, interface and namespace used
to be ignored when trying to pick a previous socket while now if they
are changed, the socket will not be reused. This could be refined but
it's still better this way as there is no more risk of using a
differently bound socket by accident.
Eventually we should not pass a listener there but a set of binding
parameters (address, interface, namespace etc...) which ultimately will
be grouped into a receiver. For now this still doesn't exist so let's
stick to the listener to break dependencies in the rest of the code.
Let's determine it at boot time instead of doing it on first use. It
also saves us from having to keep it thread local. It's been moved to
the new sock_inet_prepare() function, and the variables were renamed
to sock_inet_tcp_maxseg_default and sock_inet6_tcp_maxseg_default.
The v6only_default variable is not specific to TCP but to AF_INET6, so
let's move it to the right file. It's now immediately filled on startup
during the PREPARE stage so that it doesn't have to be tested each time.
The variable's name was changed to sock_inet6_v6only_default.
The function now makes it clear that it's independent on the socket
type and solely relies on the address family. Note that it supports
both IPv4 and IPv6 as we don't seem to need it per-family.
This one is common to the TCPv4 and UDPv4 code, it retrieves the
destination address of a socket, taking care of the possiblity that for
an incoming connection the traffic was possibly redirected. The TCP and
UDP definitions were updated to rely on it and remove duplicated code.
The new addrcmp() protocol member points to the function to be used to
compare two addresses of the same family.
When picking an FD from a previous process, we can now use the address
specific address comparison functions instead of having to rely on a
local implementation. This will help move that code to a more central
place.
These files will regroup everything specific to AF_INET, AF_INET6 and
AF_UNIX socket definitions and address management. Some code there might
be agnostic to the socket type and could later move to af_xxxx.c but for
now we only support regular sockets so no need to go too far.
The files are quite poor at this step, they only contain the address
comparison function for each address family.
The new file sock.c will contain generic code for standard sockets
relying on file descriptors. We currently have way too much duplication
between proto_uxst, proto_tcp, proto_sockpair and proto_udp.
For now only get_src, get_dst and sock_create_server_socket were moved,
and are used where appropriate.
This is totally ugly, smp_fetch_src() is exported only so that stick_table.c
can (ab)use it in the {sc,src}_* sample fetch functions. It could be argued
that the sample could have been reconstructed there in place, but we don't
even need to duplicate the code. We'd rather simply retrieve the "src"
fetch's function from where it's used at init time and be done with it.
This new flag will be used to mark FDs that must be passed to any future
process across the CLI's "_getsocks" command.
The scheme here is quite complex and full of special cases:
- FDs inherited from parent processes are *not* exported this way, as
they are supposed to instead be passed by the master process itself
across reloads. However such FDs ought never to be paused otherwise
this would disrupt the socket in the parent process as well;
- FDs resulting from a "bind" performed over a socket pair, which are
in fact one side of a socket pair passed inside another control socket
pair must not be passed either. Since all of them are used the same
way, for now it's enough never to put this "exported" flag to FDs
bound by the socketpair code.
- FDs belonging to temporary listeners (e.g. a passive FTP data port)
must not be passed either. Fortunately we don't have such FDs yet.
- the rest of the listeners for now are made of TCP, UNIX stream, ABNS
sockets and are exportable, so they get the flag.
- UDP listeners were wrongly created as listeners and are not suitable
here. Their FDs should be passed but for now they are not since the
client doesn't even distinguish the SO_TYPE of the retrieved sockets.
In addition, it's important to keep in mind that:
- inherited FDs may never be closed in master process but may be closed
in worker processes if the service is shut down (useless since still
bound, but technically possible) ;
- inherited FDs may not be disabled ;
- exported FDs may be disabled because the caller will perform the
subsequent listen() on them. However that might not work for all OSes
- exported FDs may be closed, it just means the service was shut down
from the worker, and will be rebound in the new process. This implies
that we have to disable exported on close().
=> as such, contrary to an apparently obvious equivalence, the "exported"
status doesn't imply anything regarding the ability to close a
listener's FD or not.
This essentially undoes what we did in fd.c in 1.8 to support seamless
reload. Since we don't need to remove an fd anymore we can turn
fd_delete() to the simple function it used to be.
Let's not look at the listener options passed by the original process
and determine from the socket itself whether it is configured for
transparent mode or not. This is cleaner and safer, and doesn't rely
on flag values that could possibly change between versions.
haproxy supports generating SSL certificates based on SNI using a provided
CA signing certificate. Because CA certificates may be signed by multiple
CAs, in some scenarios, it is neccesary for the server to attach the trust chain
in addition to the generated certificate.
The following patch adds the ability to serve the entire trust chain with
the generated certificate. The chain is loaded from the provided
`ca-sign-file` PEM file.
When a regex had been succesfully compiled by the JIT pass, it is better
to use the related match, thanksfully having same signature, for better
performance.
Signed-off-by: David Carlier <devnexen@gmail.com>
The ARGT_PTR argument type may now be used to keep a reference to opaque data in
the argument array used by sample fetches and converters. It is a generic way to
point on data. I guess it could be used for some other arguments, like proxy,
server, map or stick-table.
A dedicated expiration date is now used to apply the inspect-delay of the
tcp-request or tcp-response rulesets. Before, the analyse expiratation date was
used but it may also be updated by the lua (at least). So a lua script may
extend or reduce the inspect-delay by side effect. This is not expected. If it
becomes necessary, a specific function will be added to do this. Because, for
now, it is a bit confusing.
The HTX_FL_EOI flag must now be set on a HTX message when no more data are
expected. Most of time, it must be set before adding the EOM block. Thus, if
there is no space for the EOM, there is still an information to know all data
were received and pushed in the HTX message. There is only an exception for the
HTTP replies (deny, return...). For these messages, the flag is set after all
blocks are pushed in the message, including the EOM block, because, on error,
we remove all inserted data.
__task_free() cannot be called with a task still in the queue. This
test adds a check which confirms there is no concurrency issue on such
a case where a thread could requeue nor wakeup a task being freed.
This aims at catching calls to task_unlink_wq() performed by the wrong
thread based on the shared status for the task, as well as calls to
__task_queue() with the wrong timer queue being used based on the task's
capabilities. This will at least help eliminate some hypothesis during
debugging sessions when suspecting that a wrong thread has attempted to
queue a task at the wrong place.
The BUG_ON() test in task_queue() only tests for the case where
we're queuing a task that doesn't run on the current thread. Let's
refine it a bit further to catch all cases where the task does not
run *exactly* on the current thread alone.
Reported github issue #759 shows there is no name resolving
on server lines for ring and peers sections.
This patch introduce the resolving for those lines.
This patch adds boolean a parameter to parse_server function to specify
if we want the function to perform an initial name resolving using libc.
This boolean is forced to true in case of peers or ring section.
The boolean is kept to false in case of classic servers (from
backend/listen)
This patch should be backported in branches where peers sections
support 'server' lines.
This patch adds a global counter of received syslog messages
and this one is exported on CLI "show info" as "CumRecvLogs".
This patch also updates internal conn counter and freq
of the listener and the proxy for each received log message to
prepare a further export on the "show stats".
Log forwarding:
It is possible to declare one or multiple log forwarding section,
haproxy will forward all received log messages to a log servers list.
log-forward <name>
Creates a new log forwarder proxy identified as <name>.
bind <addr> [param*]
Used to configure a log udp listener to receive messages to forward.
Only udp listeners are allowed, address must be prefixed using
'udp@', 'udp4@' or 'udp6@'. This supports for all "bind" parameters
found in 5.1 paragraph but most of them are irrelevant for udp/syslog case.
log global
log <address> [len <length>] [format <format>] [sample <ranges>:<smp_size>]
<facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Used to configure target log servers. See more details on proxies
documentation.
If no format specified, haproxy tries to keep the incoming log format.
Configured facility is ignored, except if incoming message does not
present a facility but one is mandatory on the outgoing format.
If there is no timestamp available in the input format, but the field
exists in output format, haproxy will use the local date.
Example:
global
log stderr format iso local7
ring myring
description "My local buffer"
format rfc5424
maxlen 1200
size 32764
timeout connect 5s
timeout server 10s
# syslog tcp server
server mysyslogsrv 127.0.0.1:514 log-proto octet-count
log-forward sylog-loadb
bind udp4@127.0.0.1:1514
# all messages on stderr
log global
# all messages on local tcp syslog server
log ring@myring local0
# load balance messages on 4 udp syslog servers
log 127.0.0.1:10001 sample 1:4 local0
log 127.0.0.1:10002 sample 2:4 local0
log 127.0.0.1:10003 sample 3:4 local0
log 127.0.0.1:10004 sample 4:4 local0
This patch introduce a new fd handler used to parse syslog
message on udp.
The parsing function returns level, facility and metadata that
can be immediatly reused to forward message to a log server.
This handler is enabled on udp listeners if proxy is internally set
to mode PR_MODE_SYSLOG
This patch merges build message code between sink and log
and introduce a new API based on struct ist array to
prepare message header with zero copy, targeting the
log forwarding feature.
Log format 'iso' and 'timed' are now avalaible on logs line.
A new log format 'priority' is also added.
This patch introduce proto_udp.c targeting a further support of
log forwarding feature.
This code was originally produced by Frederic Lecaille working on
QUIC support and only minimal requirements for syslog support
have been merged.
In the continuity of the commit 7cf0e4517 ("MINOR: raw_sock: report global
traffic statistics"), we are now able to report the global number of bytes
emitted using the splicing. It can be retrieved in "show info" output on the
CLI.
Note this counter is always declared, regardless the splicing support. This
eases the integration with monitoring tools plugged on the CLI.
The srv_del_conn_from_list() function is now responsible to update the server
counters and the connection flags when a connection is removed from an idle list
(safe, idle or available). It is called when a connection is released or when a
connection is set as private. This function also removes the connection from the
idle list if necessary.
The srv_use_idle_conn() function is now responsible to update the server
counters and the connection flags when an idle connection is reused. The same
function is called when a new connection is created. This simplifies a bit the
connect_server() function.
When a new connection is created, its target is always set just after. So the
connection target may set when it is created instead, during its initialisation
to be precise. It is the purpose of this patch. Now, conn_new() function is
called with the connection target as parameter. The target is then passed to
conn_init(). It means the target must be passed when cs_new() is called. In this
case, the target is only used when the conn-stream is created with no
connection. This only happens for tcpchecks for now.
The session_get_conn() must now be used to look for an available connection
matching a specific target for a given session. This simplifies a bit the
connect_server() function.
When a connection is marked as private, it is now added in the session server
list. We don't wait a stream is detached from the mux to do so. When the
connection is created, this happens after the mux creation. Otherwise, it is
performed when the connection is marked as private.
To allow that, when a connection is created, the session is systematically set
as the connectin owner. Thus, a backend connection has always a owner during its
creation. And a private connection has always a owner until its death.
Note that outside the detach() callback, if the call to session_add_conn()
failed, the error is ignored. In this situation, we retry to add the connection
into the session server list in the detach() callback. If this fails at this
step, the multiplexer is destroyed and the connection is closed.
To set a connection as private, the conn_set_private() function must now be
called. It sets the CO_FL_PRIVATE flags, but it also remove the connection from
the available connection list, if necessary. For now, it never happens because
only HTTP/1 connections may be set as private after their creation. And these
connections are never inserted in the available connection list.
When a connection is added to an idle list, it's already detached and
cannot be seen by two threads at once, so there's no point using
TRY_ADDQ, there will never be any conflict. Let's just use the cheaper
ADDQ.
The TRY_ADDQ there was not needed since the wait list is exclusively
owned by the caller. There's a preliminary test on MT_LIST_ADDED()
that might have been eliminated by keeping MT_LIST_TRY_ADDQ() but
it would have required two more expensive writes before testing so
better keep the test the way it is.
Initially when mt_lists were added, their purpose was to be used with
the scheduler, where anyone may concurrently add the same tasklet, so
it sounded natural to implement a check in MT_LIST_ADD{,Q}. Later their
usage was extended and MT_LIST_ADD{,Q} started to be used on situations
where the element to be added was exclusively owned by the one performing
the operation so a conflict was impossible. This became more obvious with
the idle connections and the new macro was called MT_LIST_ADDQ_NOCHECK.
But this remains confusing and at many places it's not expected that
an MT_LIST_ADD could possibly fail, and worse, at some places we start
by initializing it before adding (and the test is superflous) so let's
rename them to something more conventional to denote the presence of the
check or not:
MT_LIST_ADD{,Q} : inconditional operation, the caller owns the
element, and doesn't care about the element's
current state (exactly like LIST_ADD)
MT_LIST_TRY_ADD{,Q}: only perform the operation if the element is not
already added or in the process of being added.
This means that the previously "safe" MT_LIST_ADD{,Q} are not "safe"
anymore. This also means that in case of backport mistakes in the
future causing this to be overlooked, the slower and safer functions
will still be used by default.
Note that the missing unchecked MT_LIST_ADD macro was added.
The rest of the code will have to be reviewed so that a number of
callers of MT_LIST_TRY_ADDQ are changed to MT_LIST_ADDQ to remove
the unneeded test.
It is now possible to customize TCP keepalive parameters.
These correspond to the socket options TCP_KEEPCNT, TCP_KEEPIDLE, TCP_KEEPINTVL
and are valid for the defaults, listen, frontend and backend sections.
This patch fixes GitHub issue #670.
The torture test run for previous commit 787dc20 ("BUG/MEDIUM: lists: add
missing store barrier on MT_LIST_BEHEAD()") finally broke again after 34M
connections. It appeared that MT_LIST_ADD and MT_LIST_ADDQ were suffering
from the same missing barrier when restoring the original pointers before
giving up, when checking if the element was already added. This is indeed
something which seldom happens with the shared scheduler, in case two
threads simultaneously try to wake up the same tasklet.
With a store barrier there after reverting the pointers, the torture test
survived 750M connections on the NanoPI-Fire3, so it looks good this time.
Probably that MT_LIST_BEHEAD should be added to test-list.c since it seems
to be more sensitive to concurrent accesses with MT_LIST_ADDQ.
It's worth noting that there is no barrier between the last two pointers
update, while there is one in MT_LIST_POP and MT_LIST_BEHEAD, the latter
having shown to be needed, but I cannot demonstrate why we would need
one here. Given that the code seems solid here, let's stick to what is
shown to work.
This fix should be backported to 2.1, just for the sake of safety since
the issue couldn't be triggered there, but it could change with the
compiler or when backporting a fix for example.
When running multi-threaded tests on my NanoPI-Fire3 (8 A53 cores), I
managed to occasionally get either a bus error or a segfault in the
scheduler, but only when running at a high connection rate (injecting
on a tcp-request connection reject rule). The bug is rare and happens
around once per million connections. I could never reproduce it with
less than 4 threads nor on A72 cores.
Haproxy 2.1.0 would also fail there but not 2.1.7.
Every time the crash happened with the TL_URGENT task list corrupted,
though it was not immediately after the LIST_SPLICE() call, indicating
background activity survived the MT_LIST_BEHEAD() operation. This queue
is where the shared runqueue is transferred, and the shared runqueue
gets fast inter-thread tasklet wakeups from idle conn takeover and new
connections.
Comparing the MT_LIST_BEHEAD() and MT_LIST_DEL() implementations, it's
quite obvious that a few barriers are missing from the former, and these
will simply fail on weakly ordered caches.
Two store barriers were added before the break() on failure, to match
what is done on the normal path. Missing them almost always results in
a segfault which is quite rare but consistent (after ~3M connections).
The 3rd one before updating n->prev seems intuitively needed though I
coudln't make the code fail without it. It's present in MT_LIST_DEL so
better not be needlessly creative. The last one is the most important
one, and seems to be the one that helps a concurrent MT_LIST_ADDQ()
detect a late failure and try again. With this, the code survives at
least 30M connections.
Interestingly the exact same issue was addressed in 2.0-dev2 for MT_LIST_DEL
with commit 690d2ad4d ("BUG/MEDIUM: list: add missing store barriers when
updating elements and head").
This fix must be backported to 2.1 as MT_LIST_BEHEAD() is also used there.
It's only tagged as medium because it will only affect entry-level CPUs
like Cortex A53 (x86 are not affected), and requires load levels that are
very hard to achieve on such machines to trigger it. In practice it's
unlikely anyone will ever hit it.
OpenSSL 1.1.1 provides a callback registering function
SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback, which allows one to receive a string
containing the keys to deciphers TLSv1.3.
Unfortunately it is not possible to store this data in binary form and
we can only get this information using the callback. Which means that we
need to store it until the connection is closed.
This patches add 2 pools, the first one, pool_head_ssl_keylog is used to
store a struct ssl_keylog which will be inserted as a ex_data in a SSL *.
The second one is pool_head_ssl_keylog_str which will be used to store
the hexadecimal strings.
To enable the capture of the keys, you need to set "tune.ssl.keylog on"
in your configuration.
The following fetches were implemented:
ssl_fc_client_early_traffic_secret,
ssl_fc_client_handshake_traffic_secret,
ssl_fc_server_handshake_traffic_secret,
ssl_fc_client_traffic_secret_0,
ssl_fc_server_traffic_secret_0,
ssl_fc_exporter_secret,
ssl_fc_early_exporter_secret
Originally it was made to return a void* because some comparisons in the
code where it was used required a lot of casts. But now we don't need
that anymore. And having it non-const breaks the build on NetBSD 9 as
reported in issue #728.
So let's switch to const and adjust debug.c to accomodate this.
When we takeover a connection, let the xprt layer know. If it has its own
tasklet, and it is already scheduled, then it has to be destroyed, otherwise
it may run the new mux tasklet on the old thread.
Note that we only do this for the ssl xprt for now, because the only other
one that might wake the mux up is the handshake one, which is supposed to
disappear before idle connections exist.
No backport is needed, this is for 2.2.
In the various takeover() methods, make sure we schedule the old tasklet
on the old thread, as we don't want it to run on our own thread! This
was causing a very rare crash when building with DEBUG_STRICT, seeing
that either an FD's thread mask didn't match the thread ID in h1_io_cb(),
or that stream_int_notify() would try to queue a task with the wrong
tid_bit.
In order to reproduce this, it is necessary to maintain many connections
(typically 30k) at a high request rate flowing over H1+SSL between two
proxies, the second of which would randomly reject ~1% of the incoming
connection and randomly killing some idle ones using a very short client
timeout. The request rate must be adjusted so that the CPUs are nearly
saturated, but never reach 100%. It's easier to reproduce this by skipping
local connections and always picking from other threads. The issue
should happen in less than 20s otherwise it's necessary to restart to
reset the idle connections lists.
No backport is needed, takeover() is 2.2 only.
tasklet_wakeup() only checks tl->tid to know whether the task is
programmed to run on the current thread or on a specific thread. We'll
have to ease this selection in a subsequent patch, preferably without
modifying tl->tid, so let's have a new tasklet_wakeup_on() function
to specify the thread number to run on. That the logic has not changed
at all.
Now it's possible to preserve spacing everywhere except in "log-format",
"log-format-sd" and "unique-id-format" directives, where spaces are
delimiters and are merged. That may be useful when the response payload
is specified as a log format string by "lf-file" or "lf-string", or even
for headers or anything else.
In order to merge spaces, a new option LOG_OPT_MERGE_SPACES is applied
exclusively on options passed to function parse_logformat_string().
This patch fixes an issue #701 ("http-request return log-format file
evaluation altering spacing of ASCII output/art").
Now when building with -DDEBUG_MEM_STATS, some malloc/calloc/strdup/realloc
stats are kept per file+line number and may be displayed and even reset on
the CLI using "debug dev memstats". This allows to easily track potential
leakers or abnormal usages.
Enables ('on') or disables ('off') sharing of idle connection pools between
threads for a same server. The default is to share them between threads in
order to minimize the number of persistent connections to a server, and to
optimize the connection reuse rate. But to help with debugging or when
suspecting a bug in HAProxy around connection reuse, it can be convenient to
forcefully disable this idle pool sharing between multiple threads, and force
this option to "off". The default is on.
This could have been nice to have during the idle connections debugging,
but it's not too late to add it!
Add two new macros, MT_LIST_DEL_SAFE_NOINIT makes sure we remove the
element from the list, without reinitializing its next and prev, and
MT_LIST_ADDQ_NOCHECK is similar to MT_LIST_ADDQ(), except it doesn't check
if the element is already in a list.
The goal is to be able to move an element from a list we're currently
parsing to another, keeping it locked in the meanwhile.
task_kill() may be used by any thread to kill any task with less overhead
than a regular wakeup. In order to achieve this, it bypasses the priority
tree and inserts the task directly into the shared tasklets list, cast as
a tasklet. The task_list_size is updated to make sure it is properly
decremented after execution of this task. The task will thus be picked by
process_runnable_tasks() after checking the tree and sent to the TL_URGENT
list, where it will be processed and killed.
If the task is bound to more than one thread, its first thread will be the
one notified.
If the task was already queued or running, nothing is done, only the flag
is added so that it gets killed before or after execution. Of course it's
the caller's responsibility to make sur any resources allocated by this
task were already cleaned up or taken over.
This flag, when set, will be used to indicate that the task must die.
At the moment this may only be placed by the task itself or by the
scheduler when placing it into the TL_NORMAL queue.
The next thread walking algorithm in commit 566df309c ("MEDIUM:
connections: Attempt to get idle connections from other threads.")
proved to be sufficient for most cases, but it still has some rough
edges when threads are unevenly loaded. If one thread wakes up with
10 streams to process in a burst, it will mainly take over connections
from the next one until it doesn't have anymore.
This patch implements a rotating index that is stored into the server
list and that any thread taking over a connection is responsible for
updating. This way it starts mostly random and avoids always picking
from the same place. This results in a smoother distribution overall
and a slightly lower takeover rate.
The problem with the way idle connections currently work is that it's
easy for a thread to steal all of its siblings' connections, then release
them, then it's done by another one, etc. This happens even more easily
due to scheduling latencies, or merged events inside the same pool loop,
which, when dealing with a fast server responding in sub-millisecond
delays, can really result in one thread being fully at work at a time.
In such a case, we perform a huge amount of takeover() which consumes
CPU and requires quite some locking, sometimes resulting in lower
performance than expected.
In order to fight against this problem, this patch introduces a new server
setting "pool-low-conn", whose purpose is to dictate when it is allowed to
steal connections from a sibling. As long as the number of idle connections
remains at least as high as this value, it is permitted to take over another
connection. When the idle connection count becomes lower, a thread may only
use its own connections or create a new one. By proceeding like this even
with a low number (typically 2*nbthreads), we quickly end up in a situation
where all active threads have a few connections. It then becomes possible
to connect to a server without bothering other threads the vast majority
of the time, while still being able to use these connections when the
number of available FDs becomes low.
We also use this threshold instead of global.nbthread in the connection
release logic, allowing to keep more extra connections if needed.
A test performed with 10000 concurrent HTTP/1 connections, 16 threads
and 210 servers with 1 millisecond of server response time showed the
following numbers:
haproxy 2.1.7: 185000 requests per second
haproxy 2.2: 314000 requests per second
haproxy 2.2 lowconn 32: 352000 requests per second
The takeover rate goes down from 300k/s to 13k/s. The difference is
further amplified as the response time shrinks.
There was a logic bug in commit ddfe0743d ("MEDIUM: server: use the two
thresholds for the connection release algorithm"): instead of keeping
only our first idle connection when FDs become scarce, the condition was
inverted resulting in enforcing this constraint unless FDs are scarce.
This results in less idle connections than permitted to be kept under
normal condition.
No backport needed.
When not sharing pools (i.e. when building with -DDEBUG_DONT_SHARE_POOLS)
we have about 47 pools right now, while MAX_BASE_POOLS is only 32, meaning
that only the first 32 ones will benefit from a per-thread cache entry.
This totally kills performance when pools are not shared (roughly -20%).
Let's double the limit to gain some margin, and make it possible to set
it as a build option.
It might be useful to backport this to stable versions as they're likely
to be affected as well.
The algorithm improvement in bdb86bd ("MEDIUM: server: improve estimate
of the need for idle connections") is still not enough because there's
a hard limit between below and above the FD count, so it continues to
end up with many killed connections.
Here we're proceeding differently. Given that there are two configured
limits, a low and a high one, what we do is that we drop connections
when the high limit is reached (what's already done by the killing task
anyway), when we're between the low and the high threshold, we only keep
the connection if our idle entries are empty (with a preference for safe
ones), and below the low threshold, we keep any connection so as to give
them a chance of being reused or taken over by another thread.
Proceeding like this results in much less dropped connections, we
typically see a 99.3% reuse rate (76k conns for 10M requests over 200
servers and 4 threads, with 335k takeovers or 3%), and much less CPU
usage variations because there are no more bursts to try to kill extra
connections.
It should be possible to further improve this by counting the number
of threads exploiting a server and trying to optimize the amount of
per-thread idle connections so that it is approximately balanced among
the threads.
The idle server connection estimates brought in commit bdb86bd ("MEDIUM:
server: improve estimate of the need for idle connections") were committed
without the minimum of 1 idle conn needed for the current thread. The net
effect is that there are bursts of dropped connections when the load varies
because there's no provision for the last connection.
No backport needed, this is 2.2-dev.
This reverts previous commit 347bbf79d20e1cff57075a8a378355dfac2475e2i.
The original code was correct. This patch resulted from a mistaken analysis
and breaks the scheduler:
########################## Starting vtest ##########################
Testing with haproxy version: 2.2-dev11-90b7d9-23
# top TEST reg-tests/lua/close_wait_lf.vtc TIMED OUT (kill -9)
# top TEST reg-tests/lua/close_wait_lf.vtc FAILED (10.008) signal=9
1 tests failed, 0 tests skipped, 88 tests passed
Program terminated with signal SIGABRT, Aborted.
[Current thread is 1 (Thread 0x7fb0dac2c700 (LWP 11292))]
(gdb) bt
#0 0x00007fb0e7c143f8 in raise () from /lib64/libc.so.6
#1 0x00007fb0e7c15ffa in abort () from /lib64/libc.so.6
#2 0x000000000053f5d6 in ha_panic () at src/debug.c:269
#3 0x00000000005a6248 in wdt_handler (sig=14, si=<optimized out>, arg=<optimized out>) at src/wdt.c:119
#4 <signal handler called>
#5 0x00000000004fbccd in tasklet_wakeup (tl=0x1b5abc0) at include/haproxy/task.h:351
#6 listener_accept (fd=<optimized out>) at src/listener.c:999
#7 0x00000000004262df in fd_update_events (evts=<optimized out>, fd=6) at include/haproxy/fd.h:418
#8 _do_poll (p=<optimized out>, exp=<optimized out>, wake=<optimized out>) at src/ev_epoll.c:251
#9 0x0000000000548d0f in run_poll_loop () at src/haproxy.c:2949
#10 0x000000000054908b in run_thread_poll_loop (data=<optimized out>) at src/haproxy.c:3067
#11 0x00007fb0e902b684 in start_thread () from /lib64/libpthread.so.0
#12 0x00007fb0e7ce5eed in clone () from /lib64/libc.so.6
(gdb) up
#5 0x00000000004fbccd in tasklet_wakeup (tl=0x1b5abc0) at include/haproxy/task.h:351
351 if (MT_LIST_ADDQ(&task_per_thread[tl->tid].shared_tasklet_list, (struct mt_list *)&tl->list) == 1) {
If the commit above is ever backported, this one must be as well!
In MT_LIST_ADDQ() and MT_LIST_ADD() we can't just check if the element is
already in a list, because there's a small race condition, it could be added
between the time we checked, and the time we actually set its next and prev.
So we have to lock it first.
This should be backported to 2.1.
The max_used_conns value is used as an estimate of the needed number of
connections on a server to know how many to keep open. But this one is
not reported, making it hard to troubleshoot reuse issues. Let's export
it in the sessions/current column.
Starting with commit 079cb9a ("MEDIUM: connections: Revamp the way idle
connections are killed") we started to improve the way to compute the
need for idle connections. But the condition to keep a connection idle
or drop it when releasing it was not updated. This often results in
storms of close when certain thresholds are met, and long series of
takeover() when there aren't enough connections left for a thread on
a server.
This patch tries to improve the situation this way:
- it keeps an estimate of the number of connections needed for a server.
This estimate is a copy of the max over previous purge period, or is a
max of what is seen over current period; it differs from max_used_conns
in that this one is a counter that's reset on each purge period ;
- when releasing, if the number of current idle+used connections is
lower than this last estimate, then we'll keep the connection;
- when releasing, if the current thread's idle conns head is empty,
and we don't exceed the estimate by the number of threads, then
we'll keep the connection.
- when cleaning up connections, we consider the max of the last two
periods to avoid killing too many idle conns when facing bursty
traffic.
Thanks to this we can better converge towards a situation where, provided
there are enough FDs, each active server keeps at least one idle connection
per thread all the time, with a total number close to what was needed over
the previous measurement period (as defined by pool-purge-delay).
On tests with large numbers of concurrent connections (30k) and many
servers (200), this has quite smoothed the CPU usage pattern, increased
the reuse rate and roughly halved the takeover rate.
The FD takeover operation might have certain impacts explaining
unexpected activities, so it's important to report such a counter
there. We thus count the number of times a thread has stolen an
FD from another thread.
The servers have internal states describing the status of idle connections,
unfortunately these were not exported in the stats. This patch adds the 3
following gauges:
- idle_conn_cur : Current number of unsafe idle connections
- safe_conn_cur : Current number of safe idle connections
- used_conn_cur : Current number of connections in use
The LRU cache head was an array of list, which causes false sharing
between 4 to 8 threads in the same cache line. Let's move it to the
thread_info structure instead. There's no need to do the same for the
pool_cache[] array since it's already quite large (32 pointers each).
By doing this the request rate increased by 1% on a 16-thread machine.
pool-t.h was mistakenly including the full-blown includes for threads,
lists and api instead of the types, and as such, CONFIG_HAP_LOCAL_POOLS
and CONFIG_HAP_LOCKLESS_POOLS were not visible everywhere.
The thread_info struct is convenient to store various per-thread info
without having to resort to a painful thread_local storage which is
slow and painful to initialize.
The problem is, by having this one in thread.h it's very difficult to
add more entries there because everyone already includes thread.h so
conversely thread.h cannot reference certain types.
There's no point in having this there, instead let's create a new pair
of files, tinfo{,-t}.h, which declare the structure. This way it will
become possible to extend them with other includes and have certain
files store their own types there.
We used to have 3 thread-based arrays for toremove_lock, idle_cleanup,
and toremove_connections. The problem is that these items are small,
and that this creates false sharing between threads since it's possible
to pack up to 8-16 of these values into a single cache line. This can
cause real damage where there is contention on the lock.
This patch creates a new array of struct "idle_conns" that is aligned
on a cache line and which contains all three members above. This way
each thread has access to its variables without hindering the other
ones. Just doing this increased the HTTP/1 request rate by 5% on a
16-thread machine.
The definition was moved to connection.{c,h} since it appeared a more
natural evolution of the ongoing changes given that there was already
one of them declared in connection.h previously.
It looked strange to see pool_evict_from_cache() always very present
on "perf top", but there was actually a reason to this: while b_free()
uses pool_free() which properly disposes the buffer into the local cache
and b_alloc_fast() allocates using pool_get_first() which considers the
local cache, b_alloc_margin() does not consider the local cache as it
only uses __pool_get_first() which only allocates from the shared pools.
The impact is that basically everywhere a buffer is allocated (muxes,
streams, applets), it's always picked from the shared pool (hence
involves locking) and is released to the local one and makes it grow
until it's required to trigger a flush using pool_evict_from_cache().
Buffers usage are thus not thread-local at all, and cause eviction of
a lot of possibly useful objects from the local caches.
Just fixing this results in a 10% request rate increase in an HTTP/1 test
on a 16-thread machine.
This bug was caused by recent commit ed891fd ("MEDIUM: memory: make local
pools independent on lockless pools") merged into 2.2-dev9, so not backport
is needed.
BoringSSL does not have X509_get_X509_PUBKEY
let our emulation level define that for BoringSSL as well
Build log:
src/ssl_sample.o: In function `smp_fetch_ssl_x_key_alg':
/home/travis/build/haproxy/haproxy/src/ssl_sample.c:592: undefined reference to `X509_get_X509_PUBKEY'
clang-7: error: linker command failed with exit code 1 (use -v to see invocation)
Makefile:860: recipe for target 'haproxy' failed
make: *** [haproxy] Error 1
travis-ci: https://travis-ci.com/github/haproxy/haproxy/jobs/351670996
With the rework of the config line parser, we've started to emit a dump
of the initial line underlined by a caret character indicating the error
location. But with extremely large lines it starts to take time and can
even cause trouble to slow terminals (e.g. over ssh), and this becomes
useless. In addition, control characters could be dumped as-is which is
bad, especially when the input file is accidently wrong (an executable).
This patch adds a string sanitization function which isolates an area
around the error position in order to report only that area if the string
is too large. The limit was set to 80 characters, which will result in
roughly 40 chars around the error being reported only, prefixed and suffixed
with "..." as needed. In addition, non-printable characters in the line are
now replaced with '?' so as not to corrupt the terminal. This way invalid
variable names, unmatched quotes etc will be easier to spot.
A typical output is now:
[ALERT] 176/092336 (23852) : parsing [bad.cfg:8]: forbidden first char in environment variable name at position 811957:
...c$PATH$PATH$d(xlc`%?$PATH$PATH$dgc?T$%$P?AH?$PATH$PATH$d(?$PATH$PATH$dgc?%...
^
Now that all tasklet queues are scanned at once by run_tasks_from_lists(),
it becomes possible to always check for lower priority classes and jump
back to them when they exist.
This patch adds tune.sched.low-latency global setting to enable this
behavior. What it does is stick to the lowest ranked priority list in
which tasks are still present with an available budget, and leave the
loop to refill the tasklet lists if the trees got new tasks or if new
work arrived into the shared urgent queue.
Doing so allows to cut the latency in half when running with extremely
deep run queues (10k-100k), thus allowing forwarding of small and large
objects to coexist better. It remains off by default since it does have
a small impact on large traffic by default (shorter batches).
Now process_runnable_tasks is responsible for calculating the budgets
for each queue, dequeuing from the tree, and calling run_tasks_from_lists().
This latter one scans the queues, picking tasks there and respecting budgets.
Note that its name was updated with a plural "s" for this reason.
It is neither convenient nor scalable to check each and every tasklet
queue to figure whether it's empty or not while we often need to check
them all at once. This patch introduces a tasklet class mask which gets
a bit 1 set for each queue representing one class of service. A single
test on the mask allows to figure whether there's still some work to be
done. It will later be usable to better factor the runqueue code.
Bits are set when tasklets are queued. They're cleared when queues are
emptied. It is possible that a queue is empty but has a bit if a tasklet
was added then removed, but this is not a problem as this is properly
checked for in run_tasks_from_list().
It will be convenient to have the tasklet queue number soon, better make
current_queue an index rather than a pointer to the queue. When not currently
running (e.g. from I/O), the index is -1.
Add some functions to deinit the whole crtlist and ckch architecture.
It will free all crtlist, crtlist_entry, ckch_store, ckch_inst and their
associated SNI, ssl_conf and SSL_CTX.
The SSL_CTX in the default_ctx and initial_ctx still needs to be free'd
separately.
Since commit 2954c47 ("MEDIUM: ssl: allow crt-list caching"), the
ssl_bind_conf is allocated directly in the crt-list, and the crt-list
can be shared between several bind_conf. The deinit() code wasn't
changed to handle that.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the free of the ssl_conf in
ssl_sock_free_all_ctx().
It should be completed with a patch that free the ssl_conf and the
crt-list.
Fix issue #700.
A test on large objects revealed a big performance loss from 2.1. The
cause was found to be related to cache locality between scheduled
operations that are batched using tasklets. It happens that we now
have several layers of tasklets and that queuing all these operations
leaves time to let memory objects cool down in the CPU cache, effectively
resulting in halving the performance.
A quick test consisting in putting most unknown tasklets into the BULK
queue almost fixed the performance regression, but this is a wrong
approach as it can also slow down some low-latency transfers or access
to applets like the CLI.
What this patch does instead is to queue unknown tasklets into the same
queue as the current one when tasklet_wakeup() is itself called from a
task/tasklet, otherwise it uses urgent for real I/O (when sched->current
is NULL). This results in the called tasklet being woken up much sooner,
often at the end of the current batch of tasklets.
By doing so, a test on 2 cores 4 threads with 256 concurrent H1 conns
transferring 16m objects with 256kB buffers jumped from 55 to 88 Gbps.
It's even possible to go as high as 101 Gbps by evaluating the URGENT
queue after the BULK one, though this was not done as considered
dangerous for latency sensitive operations.
This reinforces the importance of getting back the CPU transfer
mechanisms based on tasklet_wakeup_after() to work at the tasklet level
by supporting an immediate wakeup in certain cases.
No backport is needed, this is strictly 2.2.
In task_per_thread[] we now have current_queue which is a pointer to
the current tasklet_list entry being evaluated. This will be used to
know the class under which the current task/tasklet is currently
running.
When DEBUG_FD is set at build time, we'll keep a counter of per-FD events
in the fdtab. This counter is reported in "show fd" even for closed FDs if
not zero. The purpose is to help spot situations where an apparently closed
FD continues to be reported in loops, or where some events are dismissed.
As reported in issue #419, a "clear map" operation on a very large map
can take a lot of time and freeze the entire process for several seconds.
This patch makes sure that pat_ref_prune() can regularly yield after
clearing some entries so that the rest of the process continues to work.
The first part, the removal of the patterns, can take quite some time
by itself in one run but it's still relatively fast. It may block for
up to 100ms for 16M IP addresses in a tree typically. This change needed
to declare an I/O handler for the clear operation so that we can get
back to it after yielding.
The second part can be much slower because it deconstructs the elements
and its users, but it iterates progressively so we can yield less often
here.
The patch was tested with traffic in parallel sollicitating the map being
released and showed no problem. Some traffic will definitely notice an
incomplete map but the filling is already not atomic anyway thus this is
not different.
It may be backported to stable versions once sufficiently tested for side
effects, at least as far as 2.0 in order to avoid the watchdog triggering
when the process is frozen there. For a better behaviour, all these
prune_* functions should support yielding so that the callers have a
chance to continue also yield in turn.
Some of the recent optimizations around the polling to save a few
epoll_ctl() calls have shown that they could also cause some trouble.
However, over time our code base has become totally asynchronous with
I/Os always attempted from the upper layers and only retried at the
bottom, making it look like we're getting closer to EPOLLET support.
There are showstoppers there such as the listeners which cannot support
this. But given that most of the epoll_ctl() dance comes from the
connections, we can try to enable edge-triggered polling on connections.
What this patch does is to add a new global tunable "tune.fd.edge-triggered",
that makes fd_insert() automatically set an et_possible bit on the fd if
the I/O callback is conn_fd_handler. When the epoll code sees an update
for such an FD, it immediately registers it in both directions the first
time and doesn't update it anymore.
On a few tests it proved quite useful with a 14% request rate increase in
a H2->H1 scenario, reducing the epoll_ctl() calls from 2 per request to
2 per connection.
The option is obviously disabled by default as bugs are still expected,
particularly around the subscribe() code where it is possible that some
layers do not always re-attempt reading data after being woken up.
localpeer <name>
Sets the local instance's peer name. It will be ignored if the "-L"
command line argument is specified or if used after "peers" section
definitions. In such cases, a warning message will be emitted during
the configuration parsing.
This option will also set the HAPROXY_LOCALPEER environment variable.
See also "-L" in the management guide and "peers" section in the
configuration manual.
This one was confusingly called, I thought it was the cumulated number
of streams but it's the number of calls to process_stream(). Let's make
this clearer.
We have poll_drop, poll_dead and poll_skip which are confusingly named
like their poll_io and poll_exp counterparts except that they are not
per poll() call but per-fd. This patch renames them to poll_drop_fd(),
poll_dead_fd() and poll_skip_fd() for this reason.
The "show activity" output mentions a number of indicators to explain
wake up reasons but doesn't have the number of times poll() sees some
I/O. And given that multiple events can happen simultaneously, it's
not always possible to deduce this metric by subtracting.
This patch adds a new "poll_io" counter that allows one to see how
often poll() returns with at least one active FD. This should help
detect stuck events and measure various ratios of poll sub-metrics.
fd_set_running() and fd_takeover() may both use a double-word CAS on the
(running_mask, thread_mask) couple and as such they expect the fields to
be exactly arranged like this. It's critical not to reorder them, so add
a comment to avoid such a potential mistake later.
Since 2.1-dev2, with commit 305d5ab46 ("MAJOR: fd: Get rid of the fd cache.")
we don't have the fd_lock anymore and as such its acitvity counter is always
zero. Let's remove it from the struct and from "show activity" output, as
there are already plenty of indicators to look at.
The cache line comment in the struct activity was updated to reflect
reality as it looks like another one already got removed in the past.
This macro is provided by clang but gcc lacks it. Not having it makes
it painful to test features on both compilers. Better define it to zero
when not available so that __has_feature(foo) never errors.
This function takes on input a string to tokenize, an output storage
(which may be the same) and a number of options indicating how to handle
certain characters (single & double quote support, backslash support,
end of line on '#', environment variables etc). On output it will provide
a list of pointers to individual words after having possibly unescaped
some character sequences, handled quotes and resolved environment
variables, and it will also indicate a status made of:
- a list of failures (overlap between src/dst, wrong quote etc)
- the pointer to the first sequence in error
- the required output length (a-la snprintf()).
This allows a caller to freely unescape/unquote a string by using a
pre-allocated temporary buffer and expand it as necessary. It takes
extreme care at avoiding expensive operations and intentionally does
not use memmove() when removing escapes, hence the reason for the
different input and output buffers. The goal is to use it as the basis
for the config parser.
As reported in issue #689, there is a subtle bug in the ebtree code used
to compared memory blocks. It stems from the platform-dependent memcmp()
implementation. Original implementations used to perform a byte-per-byte
comparison and to stop at the first non-matching byte, as in this old
example:
https://www.retro11.de/ouxr/211bsd/usr/src/lib/libc/compat-sys5/memcmp.c.html
The ebtree code has been relying on this to detect the first non-matching
byte when comparing keys. This is made so that a zero-terminated string
can fail to match against a longer string.
Over time, especially with large busses and SIMD instruction sets,
multi-byte comparisons have appeared, making the processor fetch bytes
past the first different byte, which could possibly be a trailing zero.
This means that it's possible to read past the allocated area for a
string if it was allocated by strdup().
This is not correct and definitely confuses address sanitizers. In real
life the problem doesn't have visible consequences. Indeed, multi-byte
comparisons are implemented so that aligned words are loaded (e.g. 512
bits at once to process a cache line at a time). So there is no way such
a multi-byte access will cross a page boundary and end up reading from
an unallocated zone. This is why it was never noticed before.
This patch addresses this by implementing a one-byte-at-a-time memcmp()
variant for ebtree, called eb_memcmp(). It's optimized for both small and
long strings and guarantees to stop after the first non-matching byte. It
only needs 5 instructions in the loop and was measured to be 3.2 times
faster than the glibc's AVX2-optimized memcmp() on short strings (1 to
257 bytes), since that latter one comes with a significant setup cost.
The break-even seems to be at 512 bytes where both version perform
equally, which is way longer than what's used in general here.
This fix should be backported to stable versions and reintegrated into
the ebtree code.
Commit 0a3b43d9c ("MINOR: haproxy: Make use of deinit_and_exit() for
clean exits") introduced this build warning:
src/haproxy.c: In function 'main':
src/haproxy.c:3775:1: warning: control reaches end of non-void function [-Wreturn-type]
}
^
This is because the new deinit_and_exit() is not marked as "noreturn"
so depending on the optimizations, the noreturn attribute of exit() will
either leak through it and silence the warning or not and confuse the
compiler. Let's just add the attribute to fix this.
No backport is needed, this is purely 2.2.
As reported in issue #686, ARM64 build fails since the include files
reorganization. This is caused by the lack of string.h while a memcpy()
is present in __ha_cas_dw().
clang just failed on fd.c with this error:
src/fd.c:491:9: error: logical not is only applied to the left hand side of this comparison [-Werror,-Wlogical-not-parentheses]
while (HA_SPIN_TRYLOCK(OTHER_LOCK, &log_lock) != 0) {
^ ~~
That's because this expands to this:
while (!pl_try_s(&log_lock) != 0) {
Let's just add parenthesis in the TRYLOCK macros to avoid this.
This may need to be backported if commit df187875d ("BUG/MEDIUM: log:
don't hold the log lock during writev() on a file descriptor") is
backported as well as it seems to be the first one to trigger it.
The set of files proto_udp.{c,h} were misleadingly named, as they do not
provide anything related to the UDP protocol but to datagram handling
instead, since currently all UDP processing is hard-coded where it's used
(dns, logs). They are to UDP what connection.{c,h} are to proto_tcp. This
was causing confusion about how to insert UDP socket management code,
so let's rename them right now to dgram.{c,h} which more accurately
matches what's inside since every function and type is already prefixed
with "dgram_".
There are list definitions everywhere in the code, let's drop the need
for including list-t.h to declare them. The rest of the list manipulation
is huge however and not needed everywhere so using the list walking macros
still requires to include list.h.
This patch fixes all the leftovers from the include cleanup campaign. There
were not that many (~400 entries in ~150 files) but it was definitely worth
doing it as it revealed a few duplicates.
Since these are used as type attributes or conditional clauses, they
are used about everywhere and should not require a dependency on
thread.h. Moving them to compiler.h along with other similar statements
like ALIGN() etc looks more logical; this way they become part of the
base API. This allowed to remove thread-t.h from ~12 files, one was
found to only require thread-t and not thread and dict.c was found to
require thread.h.
That's already where MAX_PROCS is set, and we already handle the case of
the default value so there is no reason for placing it in thread.h given
that most call places don't need the rest of the threads definitions. The
include was removed from global-t.h and activity.c.
Sometimes we need to align a struct member or a struct's size only when
threads are enabled. This is the case on fdtab for example. Instead of
using ugly ifdefs in the code itself, let's have a THREAD_ALIGNED() macro
performing the alignment only when threads are enabled. For now this was
only applied to fd-t.h as it was the only place found.
Most of the files dealing with error reports have to include log.h in order
to access ha_alert(), ha_warning() etc. But while these functions don't
depend on anything, log.h depends on a lot of stuff because it deals with
log-formats and samples. As a result it's impossible not to embark long
dependencies when using ha_warning() or qfprintf().
This patch moves these low-level functions to errors.h, which already
defines the error codes used at the same places. About half of the users
of log.h could be adjusted, sometimes revealing other issues such as
missing tools.h. Interestingly the total preprocessed size shrunk by
4%.
The struct sample_data is used by pattern, map and vars, and currently
requires to include sample-t which comes with many other dependencies.
Let's move sample_data into its own file to shorten the dependency tree.
This revealed a number of issues in adjacent files which were hidden by
the fact that sample-t.h brought everything that was missing.
Directly including stddef.h in many files results in it being processed
multiple times while it can be centralized in api-t.h and be guarded
against multiple inclusions. Doing so reduces the number of preprocessed
lines by 1200!
Checks.c remains one of the largest file of the project and it contains
too many things. The tcpchecks code represents half of this file, and
both parts are relatively isolated, so let's move it away into its own
file. We now have tcpcheck.c, tcpcheck{,-t}.h.
Doing so required to export quite a number of functions because check.c
has almost everything made static, which really doesn't help to split!
check.c is one of the largest file and contains too many things. The
e-mail alerting code is stored there while nothing is in mailers.c.
Let's move this code out. That's only 4% of the code but a good start.
In order to do so, a few tcp-check functions had to be exported.
When building contrib/hpack there is a warning about an unused static
function. Actually it makes no sense to make it static, instead it must
be regularly exported. Similarly there is hpack_dht_get_tail() which is
inlined in the C file and which would make more sense with all other ones
in the H file.
There's no point splitting the file in two since only cfgparse uses the
types defined there. A few call places were updated and cleaned up. All
of them were in C files which register keywords.
There is nothing left in common/ now so this directory must not be used
anymore.
This one was not easy because it was embarking many includes with it,
which other files would automatically find. At least global.h, arg.h
and tools.h were identified. 93 total locations were identified, 8
additional includes had to be added.
In the rare files where it was possible to finalize the sorting of
includes by adjusting only one or two extra lines, it was done. But
all files would need to be rechecked and cleaned up now.
It was the last set of files in types/ and proto/ and these directories
must not be reused anymore.
extern struct dict server_name_dict was moved from the type file to the
main file. A handful of inlined functions were moved at the bottom of
the file. Call places were updated to use server-t.h when relevant, or
to simply drop the entry when not needed.
The files remained mostly unchanged since they were OK. However, half of
the users didn't need to include them, and about as many actually needed
to have it and used to find functions like srv_currently_usable() through
a long chain that broke when moving the file.
This one is particularly difficult to split because it provides all the
functions used to manipulate a proxy state and to retrieve names or IDs
for error reporting, and as such, it was included in 73 files (down to
68 after cleanup). It would deserve a small cleanup though the cut points
are not obvious at the moment given the number of structs involved in
the struct proxy itself.
The current state of the logging is a real mess. The main problem is
that almost all files include log.h just in order to have access to
the alert/warning functions like ha_alert() etc, and don't care about
logs. But log.h also deals with real logging as well as log-format and
depends on stream.h and various other things. As such it forces a few
heavy files like stream.h to be loaded early and to hide missing
dependencies depending where it's loaded. Among the missing ones is
syslog.h which was often automatically included resulting in no less
than 3 users missing it.
Among 76 users, only 5 could be removed, and probably 70 don't need the
full set of dependencies.
A good approach would consist in splitting that file in 3 parts:
- one for error output ("errors" ?).
- one for log_format processing
- and one for actual logging.
It was moved without any change, however many callers didn't need it at
all. This was a consequence of the split of proto_http.c into several
parts that resulted in many locations to still reference it.
Almost no change except moving the cli_kw struct definition after the
defines. Almost all users had both types&proto included, which is not
surprizing since this code is old and it used to be the norm a decade
ago. These places were cleaned.
Just some minor reordering, and the usual cleanup of call places for
those which didn't need it. We don't include the whole tools.h into
stats-t anymore but just tools-t.h.
The type file was slightly tidied. The cli-specific APPCTX_CLI_ST1_* flag
definitions were moved to cli.h. The type file was adjusted to include
buf-t.h and not the huge buf.h. A few call places were fixed because they
did not need this include.
Initially it looked like this could have been placed into auth.h or
stats.h but it's not the case as it's what makes the link between them
and the HTTP layer. However the file needed to be split in two. Quite
a number of call places were dropped because these were mostly leftovers
from the early days where the stats and cli were packed together.
The files were moved almost as-is, just dropping arg-t and auth-t from
acl-t but keeping arg-t in acl.h. It was useful to revisit the call places
since a handful of files used to continue to include acl.h while they did
not need it at all. Struct stream was only made a forward declaration
since not otherwise needed.
The stktable_types[] array declaration was moved to the main file as
it had nothing to do in the types. A few declarations were reordered
in the types file so that defines were before the structs. Thread-t
was added since there are a few __decl_thread(). The loss of peers.h
revealed that cfgparse-listen needed it.
The cfg_peers external declaration was moved to the main file instead
of the type one. A few types were still missing from the proto, causing
warnings in the functions prototypes (proxy, stick_table).
All includes that were not absolutely necessary were removed because
checks.h happens to very often be part of dependency loops. A warning
was added about this in check-t.h. The fields, enums and structs were
a bit tidied because it's particularly tedious to find anything there.
It would make sense to split this in two or more files (at least
extract tcp-checks).
The file was renamed to the singular because it was one of the rare
exceptions to have an "s" appended to its name compared to the struct
name.
The type file is becoming a mess, half of it is for the proxy protocol,
another good part describes conn_streams and mux ops, it would deserve
being split again. At least it was reordered so that elements are easier
to find, with the PP-stuff left at the end. The MAX_SEND_FD macro was moved
to compat.h as it's said to be the value for Linux.
The TASK_IS_TASKLET() macro was moved to the proto file instead of the
type one. The proto part was a bit reordered to remove a number of ugly
forward declaration of static inline functions. About a tens of C and H
files had their dependency dropped since they were not using anything
from task.h.
global.h was one of the messiest files, it has accumulated tons of
implicit dependencies and declares many globals that make almost all
other file include it. It managed to silence a dependency loop between
server.h and proxy.h by being well placed to pre-define the required
structs, forcing struct proxy and struct server to be forward-declared
in a significant number of files.
It was split in to, one which is the global struct definition and the
few macros and flags, and the rest containing the functions prototypes.
The UNIX_MAX_PATH definition was moved to compat.h.
There is no C file for this one, the code was placed into sample.c which
thus has a dependency on this file which itself includes sample.h. Probably
that it would be wise to split that later.
This one is particularly tricky to move because everyone uses it
and it depends on a lot of other types. For example it cannot include
arg-t.h and must absolutely only rely on forward declarations to avoid
dependency loops between vars -> sample_data -> arg. In order to address
this one, it would be nice to split the sample_data part out of sample.h.
There's no type file, it only contains fetch_rdp_cookie_name() and
val_payload_lv() which probably ought to move somewhere else instead
of staying there.
It was moved as-is, except for extern declaration of pattern_reference.
A few C files used to include it but didn't need it anymore after having
been split apart so this was cleaned.
One function prototype makes reference to struct mworker_proc which was
not defined there but in global.h instead. This definition, along with
the PROC_O_* fields were moved to mworker-t.h instead.
The file mostly contained struct definitions but there was also a
variable export. Most of the stuff currently lies in checks.h and
should definitely move here!
The STATS_DEFAULT_REALM and STATS_DEFAULT_URI were moved to defaults.h.
It was required to include types/pattern.h and types/sample.h since they
are mentioned in function prototypes.
It would be wise to merge this with uri_auth.h later.
List.h was missing for LIST_ADDQ(). A few unneeded includes of action.h
were removed from certain files.
This one still relies on applet.h and stick-table.h.
A few includes had to be added, namely list-t.h in the type file and
types/proxy.h in the proto file. actions.h was including http-htx.h
but didn't need it so it was dropped.
The sink files could be moved with almost no change at since they
didn't rely on anything fancy. ssize_t required sys/types.h and
thread.h was needed for the locks.
A few includes were missing in each file. A definition of
struct polled_mask was moved to fd-t.h. The MAX_POLLERS macro was
moved to defaults.h
Stdio used to be silently inherited from whatever path but it's needed
for list_pollers() which takes a FILE* and which can thus not be
forward-declared.
And also rename standard.c to tools.c. The original split between
tools.h and standard.h dates from version 1.3-dev and was mostly an
accident. This patch moves the files back to what they were expected
to be, and takes care of not changing anything else. However this
time tools.h was split between functions and types, because it contains
a small number of commonly used macros and structures (e.g. name_desc)
which in turn cause the massive list of includes of tools.h to conflict
with the callers.
They remain the ugliest files of the whole project and definitely need
to be cleaned and split apart. A few types are defined there only for
functions provided there, and some parts are even OS-specific and should
move somewhere else, such as the symbol resolution code.
The protocol.h files are pretty low in the dependency and (sadly) used
by some files from common/. Almost nothing was changed except lifting a
few comments.
The file was moved almost verbatim (only stdio.h was dropped as useless).
It was not split between types and functions because it's only included
from direct C code (fcgi.c and mux_fcgi.c) as well as fcgi_app.h, included
from the same ones, which should also be remerged as a single one.
The various hpack files are self-contained, but hpack-tbl was one of
those showing difficulties when pools were added because that began
to add quite some dependencies. Now when built in standalone mode,
it still uses the bare minimum pool definitions and doesn't require
to know the prototypes anymore when only the structures are needed.
Thus the files were moved verbatim except for hpack-tbl which was
split between types and prototypes.
Most of the file was a large set of HTX elements manipulation functions
and few types, so splitting them allowed to further reduce dependencies
and shrink the build time. Doing so revealed that a few files (h2.c,
mux_pt.c) needed haproxy/buf.h and were previously getting it through
htx.h. They were fixed.
The file was moved as-is. There was a wrong dependency on dynbuf.h
instead of buf.h which was addressed. There was no benefit to
splitting this between types and functions.
There's only one struct and 2 inline functions. It could have been
merged into http.h but that would have added a massive dependency on
the hpack parts for nothing, so better keep it this way since hpack
is already freestanding and portable.
So the enums and structs were placed into http-t.h and the functions
into http.h. This revealed that several files were dependeng on http.h
but not including it, as it was silently inherited via other files.
The type is the only element needed by applet.h and hlua.h, while hlua.c
needs the various functions. XREF_BUSY was placed into the types as well
since it's better to have the special values there.
Regex are essentially included for myregex_t but it turns out that
several of the C files didn't include it directly, relying on the
one included by their own .h. This has been cleanly addressed so
that only the type is included by H files which need it, and adding
the missing includes for the other ones.
The type was moved out as it's used by standard.h for netns_entry.
Instead of just being a forward declaration when not used, it's an
empty struct, which makes gdb happier (the resulting stripped executable
is the same).
The pretty confusing "buffer.h" was in fact not the place to look for
the definition of "struct buffer" but the one responsible for dynamic
buffer allocation. As such it defines the struct buffer_wait and the
few functions to allocate a buffer or wait for one.
This patch moves it renaming it to dynbuf.h. The type definition was
moved to its own file since it's included in a number of other structs.
Doing this cleanup revealed that a significant number of files used to
rely on this one to inherit struct buffer through it but didn't need
anything from this file at all.
This moves types/activity.h to haproxy/activity-t.h and
proto/activity.h to haproxy/activity.h.
The macros defining the bit field values for the profiling variable
were moved to the type file to be more future-proof.
Now the file is ready to be stored into its final destination. A few
minor reorderings were performed to keep the file properly organized,
making the various sections more visible (cache & lockless).
In addition and to stay consistent, memory.c was renamed to pool.c.
Till now the local pool caches were implemented only when lockless pools
were in use. This was mainly due to the difficulties to disentangle the
code parts. However the locked pools would further benefit from the local
cache, and having this would reduce the variants in the code.
This patch does just this. It adds a new debug macro DEBUG_NO_LOCAL_POOLS
to forcefully disable local pool caches, and makes sure that the high
level functions are now strictly the same between locked and lockless
(pool_alloc(), pool_alloc_dirty(), pool_free(), pool_get_first()). The
pool index calculation was moved inside the CONFIG_HAP_LOCAL_POOLS guards.
This allowed to move them out of the giant #ifdef and to significantly
reduce the code duplication.
A quick perf test shows that with locked pools the performance increases
by roughly 10% on 8 threads and gets closer to the lockless one.
pool_free() was not identical between locked and lockless pools. The
different was the call to __pool_free() in one case versus open-coded
accesses in the other, and the poisoning brought by commit da52035a45
("MINOR: memory: also poison the area on freeing") which unfortunately
did if only for the lockless path.
Let's now have __pool_free() to work on the global pool also in the
locked case so that the code is architected similarly.
Just as for the allocation path, the release path was not symmetrical.
It was not logical to have pool_put_to_cache() free the objects itself,
it was pool_free's job. In addition, just because of a variable export
issue, it the insertion of the object to free back into the local cache
couldn't be inlined while it was very cheap.
This patch just slightly reorganizes this code path by making pool_free()
decide whether or not to put the object back into the cache via
pool_put_to_cache() otherwise place it back to the global pool using
__pool_free(). Then pool_put_to_cache() adds the item to the local
cache and only calls pool_evict_from_cache() if the cache is too big.
When building with the local cache support, we have an asymmetry in
the allocation path which is that __pool_get_first() picks from the
cache while when no cache support is used, this one directly accesses
the shared area. It looks like it was done this way only to centralize
the call to __pool_get_from_cache() but this was not a good idea as it
complicates the splitting the code.
Let's move the cache access to the upper layer so thatt __pool_get_first()
remains agnostic to the cache support.
The call tree now looks like this with the cache enabled :
pool_get_first()
__pool_get_from_cache() // if cache enabled
__pool_get_first()
pool_alloc()
pool_alloc_dirty()
__pool_get_from_cache() // if cache enabled
__pool_get_first()
__pool_refill_alloc()
__pool_free()
pool_free_area()
pool_put_to_cache()
__pool_free()
__pool_put_to_cache()
pool_free()
pool_put_to_cache()
With cache disabled, the pool_free() path still differs:
pool_free()
__pool_free_area()
__pool_put_to_cache()
The memory.h file is particularly complex due to the combination of
debugging options. This patch extracts the OS-level interface and
places it into a new file: pool-os.h.
Doing this also moves pool_alloc_area() and pool_free_area() out of
the #ifndef CONFIG_HAP_LOCKLESS_POOLS, making them usable from
__pool_refill_alloc(), pool_free(), pool_flush() and pool_gc() instead
of having direct calls to malloc/free there that are hard to wrap for
debugging purposes.
This is the beginning of the move and cleanup of memory.h. This first
step only extracts type definitions and basic macros that are needed
by the files which reference a pool. They're moved to pool-t.h (since
"pool" is more obvious than "memory" when looking for pool-related
stuff). 3 files which didn't need to include the whole memory.h were
updated.
In memory.h we had to reimplement the swrate* functions just because of
a broken circular dependency around freq_ctr.h. Now that this one is
solved, let's get rid of this copy and use the original ones instead.
types/freq_ctr.h was moved to haproxy/freq_ctr-t.h and proto/freq_ctr.h
was moved to haproxy/freq_ctr.h. Files were updated accordingly, no other
change was applied.
Some of them were simply removed as unused (possibly some leftovers
from an older cleanup session), some were turned to haproxy/bitops.h
and a few had to be added (hlua.c and stick-table.h need standard.h
for parse_time_err; htx.h requires chunk.h but used to get it through
standard.h).
There are quite a number of integer manipulation functions defined in
standard.h, which is one of the reasons why standard.h is included from
many places and participates to the dependencies loop.
Let's just have a new file, intops.h to place all these operations.
These are a few bitops, 32/64 bit mul/div/rotate, integer parsing and
encoding (including varints), the full avalanche hash function, and
the my_htonll/my_ntohll functions.
For now no new C file was created for these yet.
This one is included almost everywhere and used to rely on a few other
.h that are not needed (unistd, stdlib, standard.h). It could possibly
make sense to split it into multiple parts to distinguish operations
performed on timers and the internal time accounting, but at this point
it does not appear much important.
This splits the hathreads.h file into types+macros and functions. Given
that most users of this file used to include it only to get the definition
of THREAD_LOCAL and MAXTHREADS, the bare minimum was placed into thread-t.h
(i.e. types and macros).
All the thread management was left to haproxy/thread.h. It's worth noting
the drop of the trailing "s" in the name, to remove the permanent confusion
that arises between this one and the system implementation (no "s") and the
makefile's option (no "s").
For consistency, src/hathreads.c was also renamed thread.c.
A number of files were updated to only include thread-t which is the one
they really needed.
Some future improvements are possible like replacing empty inlined
functions with macros for the thread-less case, as building at -O0 disables
inlining and causes these ones to be emitted. But this really is cosmetic.
A few files were including it while not needing it (anymore). Some
only required access to the atomic ops and got haproxy/atomic.h in
exchange. Others didn't need it at all. A significant number of
files still include it only for THREAD_LOCAL definition.
The hathreads.h file has quickly become a total mess because it contains
thread definitions, atomic operations and locking operations, all this for
multiple combinations of threads, debugging and architectures, and all this
done with random ordering!
This first patch extracts all the atomic ops code from hathreads.h to move
it to haproxy/atomic.h. The code there still contains several sections
based on non-thread vs thread, and GCC versions in the latter case. Each
section was arranged in the exact same order to ease finding.
The redundant HA_BARRIER() which was the same as __ha_compiler_barrier()
was dropped in favor of the latter which follows the naming convention
of all other barriers. It was only used in freq_ctr.c which was updated.
Additionally, __ha_compiler_barrier() was defined inconditionally but
used only for thread-related operations, so it was made thread-only like
HA_BARRIER() used to be. We'd still need to have two types of compiler
barriers, one for the general case (e.g. signals) and another one for
concurrency, but this was not addressed here.
Some comments were added at the beginning of each section to inform about
the use case and warn about the traps to avoid.
Some files which continue to include hathreads.h solely for atomic ops
should now be updated.
Half of the users of this include only need the type definitions and
not the manipulation macros nor the inline functions. Moves the various
types into mini-clist-t.h makes the files cleaner. The other one had all
its includes grouped at the top. A few files continued to reference it
without using it and were cleaned.
In addition it was about time that we'd rename that file, it's not
"mini" anymore and contains a bit more than just circular lists.
File buf.h is one common cause of pain in the dependencies. Many files in
the code need it to get the struct buffer definition, and a few also need
the inlined functions to manipulate a buffer, but the file used to depend
on a long chain only for BUG_ON() (addressed by last commit).
Now buf.h is split into buf-t.h which only contains the type definitions,
and buf.h for all inlined functions. Callers who don't care can continue
to use buf.h but files in types/ must only use buf-t.h. sys/types.h had
to be added to buf.h to get ssize_t as used by b_move(). It's worth noting
that ssize_t is only supposed to be a size_t supporting -1, so b_move()
ought to be rethought regarding this.
The files were moved to haproxy/ and all their users were updated
accordingly. A dependency issue was addressed on fcgi whose C file didn't
include buf.h.
This one was introduced 5 years ago for debugging and never really used.
It is the one which used to cause circular dependencies issues. Let's drop
it instead of starting to split the debug include in two.
This one used to be stored into debug.h but the debug tools got larger
and require a lot of other includes, which can't use BUG_ON() anymore
because of this. It does not make sense and instead this macro should
be placed into the lower includes and given its omnipresence, the best
solution is to create a new bug.h with the few surrounding macros needed
to trigger bugs and place assertions anywhere.
Another benefit is that it won't be required to add include <debug.h>
anymore to use BUG_ON, it will automatically be covered by api.h. No
less than 32 occurrences were dropped.
The FSM_PRINTF macro was dropped since not used at all anymore (probably
since 1.6 or so).
Fortunately that file wasn't made dependent upon haproxy since it was
integrated, better isolate it before it's too late. Its dependency on
api.h was the result of the change from config.h, which in turn wasn't
correct. It was changed back to stddef.h for size_t and sys/types.h for
ssize_t. The recently added reference to MAX() was changed as it was
placed only to avoid a zero length in the non-free-standing version and
was causing a build warning in the hpack encoder.
This file is to openssl what compat.h is to the libc, so it makes sense
to move it to haproxy/. It could almost be part of api.h but given the
amount of openssl stuff that gets loaded I fear it could increase the
build time.
Note that this file contains lots of inlined functions. But since it
does not depend on anything else in haproxy, it remains safe to keep
all that together.
There is one "template.h" per include subdirectory to show how to create
a new file but in practice nobody knows they're here so they're useless.
Let's simply remove them.
All files that were including one of the following include files have
been updated to only include haproxy/api.h or haproxy/api-t.h once instead:
- common/config.h
- common/compat.h
- common/compiler.h
- common/defaults.h
- common/initcall.h
- common/tools.h
The choice is simple: if the file only requires type definitions, it includes
api-t.h, otherwise it includes the full api.h.
In addition, in these files, explicit includes for inttypes.h and limits.h
were dropped since these are now covered by api.h and api-t.h.
No other change was performed, given that this patch is large and
affects 201 files. At least one (tools.h) was already freestanding and
didn't get the new one added.
This file includes everything that must be guaranteed to be available to
any buildable file in the project (including the contrib/ subdirs). For
now it includes <haproxy/api-t.h> so that standard integer types and
compiler macros are known, <common/initcall.h> to ease dynamic registration
of init functions, and <common/tools.h> for a few MIN/MAX macros.
version.h should probably also be added, though at the moment it doesn't
bring a great value.
All files which currently include the ones above should now switch to
haproxy/api.h or haproxy/api-t.h instead. This should also reduce build
time by having a single guard for several files at once.
This file is at the lowest level of the include tree. Its purpose is to
make sure that common types are known pretty much everywhere, particularly
in structure declarations. It will essentially cover integer types such as
uintXX_t via inttypes.h, "size_t" and "ptrdiff_t" via stddef.h, and various
type modifiers such as __maybe_unused or ALIGN() via compiler.h, compat.h
and defaults.h.
It could be enhanced later if required, for example if some macros used
to compute array sizes are needed.
This is where other imported components are located. All files which
used to directly include ebtree were touched to update their include
path so that "import/" is now prefixed before the ebtree-related files.
The ebtree.h file was slightly adjusted to read compiler.h from the
common/ subdirectory (this is the only change).
A build issue was encountered when eb32sctree.h is loaded before
eb32tree.h because only the former checks for the latter before
defining type u32. This was addressed by adding the reverse ifdef
in eb32tree.h.
No further cleanup was done yet in order to keep changes minimal.
By default, HAProxy is able to implicitly upgrade an H1 client connection to an
H2 connection if the first request it receives from a given HTTP connection
matches the HTTP/2 connection preface. This way, it is possible to support H1
and H2 clients on a non-SSL connections. It could be a problem if for any
reason, the H2 upgrade is not acceptable. "option disable-h2-upgrade" may now be
used to disable it, per proxy. The main puprose of this option is to let an
admin to totally disable the H2 support for security reasons. Recently, a
critical issue in the HPACK decoder was fixed, forcing everyone to upgrade their
HAProxy version to fix the bug. It is possible to disable H2 for SSL
connections, but not on clear ones. This option would have been a viable
workaround.
The support for reqrep and friends was removed in 2.1 but the
chain_regex() function and the "action" field in the regex struct
was still there. This patch removes them.
One point worth mentioning though. There is a check_replace_string()
function whose purpose was to validate the replacement strings passed
to reqrep. It should also be used for other replacement regex, but is
never called. Callers of exp_replace() should be checked and a call to
this function should be added to detect the error early.
log-proto <logproto>
The "log-proto" specifies the protocol used to forward event messages to
a server configured in a ring section. Possible values are "legacy"
and "octet-count" corresponding respectively to "Non-transparent-framing"
and "Octet counting" in rfc6587. "legacy" is the default.
Notes: a separated io_handler was created to avoid per messages test
and to prepare code to set different log protocols such as
request- response based ones.
This patch adds new statement "server" into ring section, and the
related "timeout connect" and "timeout server".
server <name> <address> [param*]
Used to configure a syslog tcp server to forward messages from ring buffer.
This supports for all "server" parameters found in 5.2 paragraph.
Some of these parameters are irrelevant for "ring" sections.
timeout connect <timeout>
Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
Arguments :
<timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
as explained at the top of this document.
timeout server <timeout>
Set the maximum time for pending data staying into output buffer.
Arguments :
<timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
as explained at the top of this document.
Example:
global
log ring@myring local7
ring myring
description "My local buffer"
format rfc3164
maxlen 1200
size 32764
timeout connect 5s
timeout server 10s
server mysyslogsrv 127.0.0.1:6514
Commit 04f5fe87d3 introduced an rwlock in the pools to deal with the risk
that pool_flush() dereferences an area being freed, and commit 899fb8abdc
turned it into a spinlock. The pools already contain a spinlock in case of
locked pools, so let's use the same and simplify the code by removing ifdefs.
At this point I'm really suspecting that if pool_flush() would instead
rely on __pool_get_first() to pick entries from the pool, the concurrency
problem could never happen since only one user would get a given entry at
once, thus it could not be freed by another user. It's not certain this
would be faster however because of the number of atomic ops to retrieve
one entry compared to a locked batch.
HTTP_1XX, HTTP_3XX and HTTP_4XX message templates are no longer used. Only
HTTP_302 and HTTP_303 are used during configuration parsing by "errorloc" family
directives. So these templates are removed from the generic http code. And
HTTP_302 and HTTP_303 templates are moved as static strings in the function
parsing "errorloc" directives.
Now http-request auth rules are evaluated in a dedicated function and no longer
handled "in place" during the HTTP rules evaluation. Thus the action name
ACT_HTTP_REQ_AUTH is removed. In additionn, http_reply_40x_unauthorized() is
also removed. This part is now handled in the new action_ptr callback function.
There is no reason to not use proxy's error replies to emit 401/407
responses. The function http_reply_40x_unauthorized(), responsible to emit those
responses, is not really complex. It only adds a
WWW-Authenticate/Proxy-Authenticate header to a generic message.
So now, error replies can be defined for 401 and 407 status codes, using
errorfile or http-error directives. When an http-request auth rule is evaluated,
the corresponding error reply is used. For 401 responses, all occurrences of the
WWW-Authenticate header are removed and replaced by a new one with a basic
authentication challenge for the configured realm. For 407 responses, the same
is done on the Proxy-Authenticate header. If the error reply must not be
altered, "http-request return" rule must be used instead.
During pool_free(), when the ->allocated value is 125% of needed_avg or
more, instead of putting the object back into the pool, it's immediately
freed using free(). By doing this we manage to significantly reduce the
amount of memory pinned in pools after transient traffic spikes.
During a test involving a constant load of 100 concurrent connections
each delivering 100 requests per second, the memory usage was a steady
21 MB RSS. Adding a 1 minute parallel load of 40k connections all looping
on 100kB objects made the memory usage climb to 938 MB before this patch.
With the patch it was only 660 MB. But when this parasit load stopped,
before the patch the RSS would remain at 938 MB while with the patch,
it went down to 480 then 180 MB after a few seconds, to stabilize around
69 MB after about 20 seconds.
This can be particularly important to improve reloads where the memory
has to be shared between the old and new process.
Another improvement would be welcome, we ought to have a periodic task
to check pools usage and continue to free up unused objects regardless
of any call to pool_free(), because the needed_avg value depends on the
past and will not cover recently refilled objects.
This adds a sliding estimate of the pools' usage. The goal is to be able
to use this to start to more aggressively free memory instead of keeping
lots of unused objects in pools. The average is calculated as a sliding
average over the last 1024 consecutive measures of ->used during calls to
pool_free(), and is bumped up for 1/4 of its history from ->allocated when
allocation from the pool fails and results in a call to malloc().
The result is a floating value between ->used and ->allocated, that tries
to react fast to under-estimates that result in expensive malloc() but
still maintains itself well in case of stable usage, and progressively
goes down if usage shrinks over time.
This new metric is reported as "needed_avg" in "show pools".
Sadly due to yet another include dependency hell, we couldn't reuse the
functions from freq_ctr.h so they were temporarily duplicated into memory.h.
It is possible to globally declare ring-buffers, to be used as target for log
servers or traces.
ring <ringname>
Creates a new ring-buffer with name <ringname>.
description <text>
The descritpition is an optional description string of the ring. It will
appear on CLI. By default, <name> is reused to fill this field.
format <format>
Format used to store events into the ring buffer.
Arguments:
<format> is the log format used when generating syslog messages. It may be
one of the following :
iso A message containing only the ISO date, followed by the text.
The PID, process name and system name are omitted. This is
designed to be used with a local log server.
raw A message containing only the text. The level, PID, date, time,
process name and system name are omitted. This is designed to be
used in containers or during development, where the severity
only depends on the file descriptor used (stdout/stderr). This
is the default.
rfc3164 The RFC3164 syslog message format. This is the default.
(https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164)
rfc5424 The RFC5424 syslog message format.
(https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424)
short A message containing only a level between angle brackets such as
'<3>', followed by the text. The PID, date, time, process name
and system name are omitted. This is designed to be used with a
local log server. This format is compatible with what the systemd
logger consumes.
timed A message containing only a level between angle brackets such as
'<3>', followed by ISO date and by the text. The PID, process
name and system name are omitted. This is designed to be
used with a local log server.
maxlen <length>
The maximum length of an event message stored into the ring,
including formatted header. If an event message is longer than
<length>, it will be truncated to this length.
size <size>
This is the optional size in bytes for the ring-buffer. Default value is
set to BUFSIZE.
Example:
global
log ring@myring local7
ring myring
description "My local buffer"
format rfc3164
maxlen 1200
Note: ring names are resolved during post configuration processing.
With "MINOR: lua: Use vars_unset_by_name_ifexist()" the last user was
removed and as outlined in that commit there is no good reason for this
function to exist.
May be backported together with the commit mentioned above.
Recent commit 2bdcc70fa7 ("MEDIUM: hpack: use a pool for the hpack table")
made the hpack code finally use a pool with very unintrusive code that was
assumed to be trivial enough to adjust if the code needed to be reused
outside of haproxy. Unfortunately the code in contrib/hpack already uses
it and broke the oss-fuzz tests as it doesn't build anymore.
This patch adds an HPACK_STANDALONE macro to decide if we should use the
pools or malloc+free. The resulting macros are called hpack_alloc() and
hpack_free() respectively, and the size must be passed into the pool
itself.
The http-error directive can now be used instead of errorfile to define an error
message in a proxy section (including default sections). This directive uses the
same syntax that http return rules. The only real difference is the limitation
on status code that may be specified. Only status codes supported by errorfile
directives are supported for this new directive. Parsing of errorfile directive
remains independent from http-error parsing. But functionally, it may be
expressed in terms of http-errors :
errorfile <status> <file> ==> http-errror status <status> errorfile <file>
The htx_copy_msg() function can now be used to copy the HTX message stored in a
buffer in an existing HTX message. It takes care to not overwrite existing
data. If the destination message is empty, a raw copy is performed. All the
message is copied or nothing.
This function is used instead of channel_htx_copy_msg().
When HAProxy returns an http error message, the corresponding http reply is now
used instead of the buffer containing the corresponding HTX message. So,
http_error_message() function now returns the http reply to use for a given
stream. And the http_reply_and_close() function now relies on
http_reply_message() to send the response to the client.
The txn flag TX_CONST_REPLY may now be used to prevent after-response ruleset
evaluation. It is used if this ruleset evaluation failed on an internal error
response. Before, it was done incrementing the parameter <final>. But it is not
really convenient if an intermediary function is used to produce the
response. Using a txn flag could also be a good way to prevent after-response
ruleset evaluation in a different context.
When an http reply is configured to use an error message from an http-errors
section, instead of referencing the error message, the http reply is used. To do
so the new http reply type HTTP_REPLY_INDIRECT has been added.
Error messages defined in proxy section or inherited from a default section are
now also referenced using an array of http replies. This is done during the
configuration validity check.
During configuration parsing, error messages resulting of parsing of errorloc
and errorfile directives are now also stored as an http reply. So, for now,
these messages are stored as a buffer and as an http reply. To be able to
release all these http replies when haproxy is stopped, a global list is
used. We must do that because the same http reply may be referenced several
times by different proxies if it is defined in a default section.
Error messages specified in an http-errors section is now also stored in an
array of http replies. So, for now, these messages are stored as a buffer and as
a http reply.
Default error messages are stored as a buffer, in http_err_chunks global array.
Now, they are also stored as a http reply, in http_err_replies global array.
"http-request deny", "http-request tarpit" and "http-response deny" rules now
use the same syntax than http return rules and internally rely on the http
replies. The behaviour is not the same when no argument is specified (or only
the status code). For http replies, a dummy response is produced, with no
payload. For old deny/tarpit rules, the proxy's error messages are used. Thus,
to be compatible with existing configuration, the "default-errorfiles" parameter
is implied. For instance :
http-request deny deny_status 404
is now an alias of
http-request deny status 404 default-errorfiles
The http_reply_message() function may be used to send an http reply to a
client. This function is responsile to convert the reply in HTX, to push it in
the response buffer and to forward it to the client. It is also responsible to
terminate the transaction.
This function is used during evaluation of http return rules.
A dedicated function is added to check the validity of an http reply object,
after parsing. It is used to check the validity of http return rules.
For now, this function is only used to find the right error message in an
http-errors section for http replies of type HTTP_REPLY_ERRFILES (using
"errorfiles" argument). On success, such replies are updated to point on the
corresponding error message and their type is set to HTTP_REPLY_ERRMSG. If an
unknown http-errors section is referenced, anx error is returned. If a unknown
error message is referenced inside an existing http-errors section, a warning is
emitted and the proxy's error messages are used instead.
A dedicated function to parse arguments and create an http_reply object is
added. It is used to parse http return rule. Thus, following arguments are
parsed by this function :
... [status <code>] [content-type <type>]
[ { default-errorfiles | errorfile <file> | errorfiles <name> |
file <file> | lf-file <file> | string <str> | lf-string <fmt> } ]
[ hdr <name> <fmt> ]*
Because the status code argument is optional, a default status code must be
defined when this function is called.
No real change here. Instead of using an internal structure to the action rule,
the http return rules are now stored as an http reply. The main change is about
the action type. It is now always set to ACT_CUSTOM. The http reply type is used
to know how to evaluate the rule.
The structure owns an error message, most of time loaded from a file, and
converted to HTX. It is created when an errorfile or errorloc directive is
parsed. It is renamed to avoid ambiguities with http_reply structure.
The http_reply structure is added. It represents a generic HTTP message used as
internal response by HAProxy. It is based on the structure used to store http
return rules. The aim is to store all error messages using this structure, as
well as http return and http deny rules.
TX_CLDENY, TX_CLALLOW, TX_SVDENY and TX_SVALLOW flags are unused. Only
TX_CLTARPIT is used to make the difference between an http deny rule and an http
tarpit rule. So these unused flags are removed.
In the CLI command 'show ssl crt-list', the ssl-min-ver and the
ssl-min-max arguments were always displayed because the dumped versions
were the actual version computed and used by haproxy, instead of the
version found in the configuration.
To fix the problem, this patch separates the variables to have one with
the configured version, and one with the actual version used. The dump
only shows the configured version.
This reverts commit 957ec59571.
As discussed with Emeric, the current syntax is not extensible enough,
this will be turned to a section instead in a forthcoming patch.
The ring to applet communication was only made to deal with CLI functions
but it's generic. Let's have generic appctx functions and have the CLI
rely on these instead. This patch introduces ring_attach_appctx() and
ring_detach_appctx().
A few fields, including a generic list entry, were added to the CLI context
by commit 300decc8d9 ("MINOR: cli: extend the CLI context with a list and
two offsets"). It turns out that the list entry (l0) is solely used to
consult rings and that the generic ring_write() code is restricted to a
consumer on the CLI due to this, which was not the initial intent. Let's
make it a general purpose wait_entry field that is properly initialized
during appctx_init(). This will allow any applet to wait on a ring, not
just the CLI.
Instead of using malloc/free to allocate an HPACK table, let's declare
a pool. However the HPACK size is configured by the H2 mux, so it's
also this one which allocates it after post_check.
This patch adds the new global statement:
ring <name> [desc <desc>] [format <format>] [size <size>] [maxlen <length>]
Creates a named ring buffer which could be used on log line for instance.
<desc> is an optionnal description string of the ring. It will appear on
CLI. By default, <name> is reused to fill this field.
<format> is the log format used when generating syslog messages. It may be
one of the following :
iso A message containing only the ISO date, followed by the text.
The PID, process name and system name are omitted. This is
designed to be used with a local log server.
raw A message containing only the text. The level, PID, date, time,
process name and system name are omitted. This is designed to be
used in containers or during development, where the severity only
depends on the file descriptor used (stdout/stderr). This is
the default.
rfc3164 The RFC3164 syslog message format. This is the default.
(https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164)
rfc5424 The RFC5424 syslog message format.
(https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424)
short A message containing only a level between angle brackets such as
'<3>', followed by the text. The PID, date, time, process name
and system name are omitted. This is designed to be used with a
local log server. This format is compatible with what the systemd
logger consumes.
timed A message containing only a level between angle brackets such as
'<3>', followed by ISO date and by the text. The PID, process
name and system name are omitted. This is designed to be
used with a local log server.
<length> is the maximum length of event message stored into the ring,
including formatted header. If the event message is longer
than <length>, it would be truncated to this length.
<name> is the ring identifier, which follows the same naming convention as
proxies and servers.
<size> is the optionnal size in bytes. Default value is set to BUFSIZE.
Note: Historically sink's name and desc were refs on const strings. But with new
configurable rings a dynamic allocation is needed.
Before this path, they rely directly on ring_write bypassing
a part of the sink API.
Now the maxlen parameter of the log will apply only on the text
message part (and not the header, for this you woud prefer
to use the maxlen parameter on the sink/ring).
sink_write prototype was also reviewed to return the number of Bytes
written to be compliant with the other write functions.
This patch extends the sink_write prototype and code to
handle the rfc5424 and rfc3164 header.
It uses header building tools from log.c. Doing this some
functions/vars have been externalized.
facility and minlevel have been removed from the struct sink
and passed to args at sink_write because they depends of the log
and not of the sink (they remained unused by rest of the code
until now).
since commit c0cdaffaa3 ("REORG: ssl: move ssl_sock_ctx and fix
cross-dependencies issues"), `struct ssl_sock_ctx` was moved in
ssl_sock.h. As it contains a `struct buffer`, including
`common/buffer.h` is now mandatory. I encountered an issue while
including ssl_sock.h on another patch:
include/types/ssl_sock.h:240:16: error: field ‘early_buf’ has incomplete type
240 | struct buffer early_buf; /* buffer to store the early data received */
no backport needed.
Fixes: c0cdaffaa3 ("REORG: ssl: move ssl_sock_ctx and fix
cross-dependencies issues")
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <w.dauchy@criteo.com>
Add swrate_add_dynamic function which is similar to swrate_add, but more
accurate when calculating moving averages when not enough samples have
been processed yet.
In order to move all SSL sample fetches in another file, moving the
ssl_sock_ctx definition in a .h file is required.
Unfortunately it became a cross dependencies hell to solve, because of
the struct wait_event field, so <types/connection.h> is needed which
created other problems.
Add forward declarations in types/ssl_crtlist.h in order to avoid
circular dependencies. Also remove the listener.h include which is not
needed anymore.
The ssl_sock.c file contains a lot of macros and structure definitions
that should be in a .h. Move them to the more appropriate
types/ssl_sock.h file.
This patch adds the ability to register callbacks for SSL/TLS protocol
messages by using the function ssl_sock_register_msg_callback().
All registered callback functions will be called when observing received
or sent SSL/TLS protocol messages.
The EVP_MD_CTX_create() and EVP_MD_CTX_destroy() functions were renamed to
EVP_MD_CTX_new() and EVP_MD_CTX_free() in OpenSSL 1.1.0, respectively. These
functions are used by the digest converter, introduced by the commit 8e36651ed
("MINOR: sample: Add digest and hmac converters"). So for prior versions of
openssl, macros are used to fallback on old functions.
This patch must only be backported if the commit 8e36651ed is backported too.
This one really ought to be defined in hathreads.h like all other thread
definitions, which is what this patch does. As expected, all files but
one (regex.h) were already including hathreads.h when using THREAD_LOCAL;
regex.h was fixed for this.
This was the last entry in config.h which is now useless.
The setting of CONFIG_HAP_LOCKLESS_POOLS depending on threads and
compat was done in config.h for use only in memory.h and memory.c
where other settings are dealt with. Further, the default pool cache
size was set there from a fixed value instead of being set from
defaults.h
Let's move the decision to enable lockless pools via
CONFIG_HAP_LOCKLESS_POOLS to memory.h, and set the default pool
cache size in defaults.h like other default settings.
This was the next-to-last setting in config.h.
CONFIG_HAP_MEM_OPTIM was introduced with memory pools in 1.3 and dropped
in 1.6 when pools became the only way to allocate memory. Still the
option remained present in config.h. Let's kill it.
It is now possible to use log-format string (or hexadecimal string for the
binary version) to match a content in tcp-check based expect rules. For
hexadecimal log-format string, the conversion in binary is performed after the
string evaluation, during health check execution. The pattern keywords to use
are "string-lf" for the log-format string and "binary-lf" for the hexadecimal
log-format string.
Just like in previous patch, it happens that HA_ATOMIC_UPDATE_MIN() and
HA_ATOMIC_UPDATE_MAX() would evaluate the (val) argument up to 3 times.
However this time it affects both thread and non-thread versions. It's
strange because the copy was properly performed for the (new) argument
in order to avoid this. Anyway it was done for the "val" one as well.
A quick code inspection showed that this currently has no effect as
these macros are fairly limited in usage.
It would be best to backport this for long-term stability (till 1.8)
but it will not fix an existing bug.
When threads are disabled, HA_ATOMIC_CAS() becomes a simple compound
expression. However this expression presents a problem, which is that
its arguments are evaluated multiple times, once for the comparison
and once again for the assignement. This presents a risk of performing
some side-effect operations twice in the non-threaded case (e.g. in
case of auto-increment or function return).
The macro was rewritten using local copies for arguments like the
other macros do.
Fortunately a complete inspection of the code indicates that this case
currently never happens. It was however responsible for the strict-aliasing
warning emitted when building fd.c without threads but with 64-bit CAS.
This may be backported as far as 1.8 though it will not fix any existing
bug and is more of a long-term safety measure in case a future fix would
depend on this behavior.
It is now possible to add http-check expect rules matching HTTP header names and
values. Here is the format of these rules:
http-check expect header name [ -m <meth> ] <name> [log-format] \
[ value [ -m <meth> ] <value> [log-format] [full] ]
the name pattern (name ...) is mandatory but the value pattern (value ...) is
optionnal. If not specified, only the header presence is verified. <meth> is the
matching method, applied on the header name or the header value. Supported
matching methods are:
* "str" (exact match)
* "beg" (prefix match)
* "end" (suffix match)
* "sub" (substring match)
* "reg" (regex match)
If not specified, exact matching method is used. If the "log-format" option is
used, the pattern (<name> or <value>) is evaluated as a log-format string. This
option cannot be used with the regex matching method. Finally, by default, the
header value is considered as comma-separated list. Each part may be tested. The
"full" option may be used to test the full header line. Note that matchings are
case insensitive on the header names.
It is now possible to use different matching methods to look for header names in
an HTTP message:
* The exact match. It is the default method. http_find_header() uses this
method. http_find_str_header() is an alias.
* The prefix match. It evals the header names starting by a prefix.
http_find_pfx_header() must be called to use this method.
* The suffix match. It evals the header names ending by a suffix.
http_find_sfx_header() must be called to use this method.
* The substring match. It evals the header names containing a string.
http_find_sub_header() must be called to use this method.
* The regex match. It evals the header names matching a regular expression.
http_match_header() must be called to use this method.
Some HTTP sample fetches will be accessible from the context of a http-check
health check. Thus, the prefetch function responsible to return the HTX message
has been update to handle a check, in addition to a channel. Both cannot be used
at the same time. So there is no ambiguity.
Given that a "count" value of 32M was seen in _shctx_wait4lock(), it
is very important to prevent this from happening again. It's absolutely
essential to prevent the value from growing unbounded because with an
increase of the number of threads, the number of successive failed
attempts will necessarily grow.
Instead now we're scanning all 2^p-1 values from 3 to 255 and are
bounding to count to 255 so that in the worst case each thread tries an
xchg every 255 failed read attempts. That's one every 4 on average per
thread when there are 64 threads, which corresponds to the initial count
of 4 for the first attempt so it seems like a reasonable value to keep a
low latency.
The bug was introduced with the shctx entries in 1.5 so the fix must
be backported to all versions. Before 1.8 the function was called
_shared_context_wait4lock() and was in shctx.c.
Jrme reported an amazing crash in the spinlock version of
_shctx_wait4lock() with an extremely high <count> value of 32M! The
root cause is that the function cannot deal with contention on the lock
at all because it forgets to check if the lock's value has changed! As
such, every time it's called due to a contention, it waits twice as
long before trying again and lets the caller check for the contention
by itself.
The correct thing to do is to compare the value again at each loop.
This way it makes sure to mostly perform read accesses on the shared
cache line without writing too often, and to be ready fast enough to
try to grab the lock. And we must not increase the count on success
either!
Unfortunately I'd have expected to see a performance boost on the cache
with this but there was absolutely no change, so it's very likely that
these issues only happen once in a while and are sufficient to derail
the process when they strike, but not to have a permanent performance
impact.
The bug was introduced with the shctx entries in 1.5 so the fix must
be backported to all versions. Before 1.8 the function was called
_shared_context_wait4lock() and was in shctx.c.
I changed my mind twice on this one and pushed after the last test with
threads disabled, without re-enabling long long, causing this rightful
build warning.
This needs to be backported if the previous commit ff64d3b027 ("MINOR:
threads: export the POSIX thread ID in panic dumps") is backported as
well.
It is very difficult to map a panic dump against a gdb thread dump
because the thread numbers do not match. However gdb provides the
pthread ID but this one is supposed to be opaque and not to be cast
to a scalar.
This patch provides a fnuction, ha_get_pthread_id() which retrieves
the pthread ID of the indicated thread and casts it to an unsigned
long long so as to lose the least possible amount of information from
it. This is done cleanly using a union to maintain alignment so as
long as these IDs are stored on 1..8 bytes they will be properly
reported. This ID is now presented in the panic dumps so it now
becomes possible to map these threads. When threads are disabled,
zero is returned. For example, this is a panic dump:
Thread 1 is about to kill the process.
*>Thread 1 : id=0x7fe92b825180 act=0 glob=0 wq=1 rq=0 tl=0 tlsz=0 rqsz=0
stuck=1 prof=0 harmless=0 wantrdv=0
cpu_ns: poll=5119122 now=2009446995 diff=2004327873
curr_task=0xc99bf0 (task) calls=4 last=0
fct=0x592440(task_run_applet) ctx=0xca9c50(<CLI>)
strm=0xc996a0 src=unix fe=GLOBAL be=GLOBAL dst=<CLI>
rqf=848202 rqa=0 rpf=80048202 rpa=0 sif=EST,200008 sib=EST,204018
af=(nil),0 csf=0xc9ba40,8200
ab=0xca9c50,4 csb=(nil),0
cof=0xbf0e50,1300:PASS(0xc9cee0)/RAW((nil))/unix_stream(20)
cob=(nil),0:NONE((nil))/NONE((nil))/NONE(0)
call trace(20):
| 0x59e4cf [48 83 c4 10 5b 5d 41 5c]: wdt_handler+0xff/0x10c
| 0x7fe92c170690 [48 c7 c0 0f 00 00 00 0f]: libpthread:+0x13690
| 0x7ffce29519d9 [48 c1 e2 20 48 09 d0 48]: linux-vdso:+0x9d9
| 0x7ffce2951d54 [eb d9 f3 90 e9 1c ff ff]: linux-vdso:__vdso_gettimeofday+0x104/0x133
| 0x57b484 [48 89 e6 48 8d 7c 24 10]: main+0x157114
| 0x50ee6a [85 c0 75 76 48 8b 55 38]: main+0xeaafa
| 0x50f69c [48 63 54 24 20 85 c0 0f]: main+0xeb32c
| 0x59252c [48 c7 c6 d8 ff ff ff 44]: task_run_applet+0xec/0x88c
Thread 2 : id=0x7fe92b6e6700 act=0 glob=0 wq=0 rq=0 tl=0 tlsz=0 rqsz=0
stuck=0 prof=0 harmless=1 wantrdv=0
cpu_ns: poll=786738 now=1086955 diff=300217
curr_task=0
Thread 3 : id=0x7fe92aee5700 act=0 glob=0 wq=0 rq=0 tl=0 tlsz=0 rqsz=0
stuck=0 prof=0 harmless=1 wantrdv=0
cpu_ns: poll=828056 now=1129738 diff=301682
curr_task=0
Thread 4 : id=0x7fe92a6e4700 act=0 glob=0 wq=0 rq=0 tl=0 tlsz=0 rqsz=0
stuck=0 prof=0 harmless=1 wantrdv=0
cpu_ns: poll=818900 now=1153551 diff=334651
curr_task=0
And this is the gdb output:
(gdb) info thr
Id Target Id Frame
* 1 Thread 0x7fe92b825180 (LWP 15234) 0x00007fe92ba81d6b in raise () from /lib64/libc.so.6
2 Thread 0x7fe92b6e6700 (LWP 15235) 0x00007fe92bb56a56 in epoll_wait () from /lib64/libc.so.6
3 Thread 0x7fe92a6e4700 (LWP 15237) 0x00007fe92bb56a56 in epoll_wait () from /lib64/libc.so.6
4 Thread 0x7fe92aee5700 (LWP 15236) 0x00007fe92bb56a56 in epoll_wait () from /lib64/libc.so.6
We can clearly see that while threads 1 and 2 are the same, gdb's
threads 3 and 4 respectively are haproxy's threads 4 and 3.
This may be backported to 2.0 as it removes some confusion in github issues.
It can be sometimes useful to measure total time of a request as seen
from an end user, including TCP/TLS negotiation, server response time
and transfer time. "Tt" currently provides something close to that, but
it also takes client idle time into account, which is problematic for
keep-alive requests as idle time can be very long. "Ta" is also not
sufficient as it hides TCP/TLS negotiationtime. To improve that, introduce
a "Tu" timer, without idle time and everything else. It roughly estimates
time spent time spent from user point of view (without DNS resolution
time), assuming network latency is the same in both directions.
This bug was introduced by the commit 2444aa5b ("MEDIUM: sessions: Don't be
responsible for connections anymore."). In session_check_idle_conn(), when the
mux is destroyed, its context must be passed as argument instead of the
connection.
It is de 2.2-dev bug. No need to backport.
It is now possible to match on a comma-separated list of status codes or range
of codes. In addtion, instead of a string comparison to match the response's
status code, a integer comparison is performed. Here is an example:
http-check expect status 200,201,300-310
This reverts commit 1979943c30ef285ed04f07ecf829514de971d9b2.
Captures in comment was only used when a tcp-check expect based on a negative
regex matching failed to eventually report what was captured while it was not
expected. It is a bit far-fetched to be useable IMHO. on-error and on-success
log-format strings are far more usable. For now there is few check sample
fetches (in fact only one...). But it could be really powerful to report info in
logs.
Since all tcp-check rulesets are globally stored, it is a problem to use
list. For configuration with many backends, the lookups in list may be costly
and slow downs HAProxy startup. To solve this problem, tcp-check rulesets are
now stored in a tree.
The patch is not obvious at the first glance. But it is just a reorg. Functions
have been grouped and ordered in a more logical way. Some structures and flags
are now private to the checks module (so moved from the .h to the .c file).
Defaut health-checks, without any option, doing only a connection check, are now
based on tcp-checks. An implicit default tcp-check connect rule is used. A
shared tcp-check ruleset, name "*tcp-check" is created to support these checks.
This function is unused for now. But it will have be used to install a mux for
an outgoing connection openned in a health-check context. In this case, the
session's origin is the check itself, and it is used to know the mode, HTTP or
TCP, depending on the tcp-check type and not the proxy mode. The check is also
used to get the mux protocol if configured.
It is not set and not used for now, but it will be possible to force the mux
protocol thanks to this patch. A mux proto field is added to the checks and to
tcp-check connect rules.
HTTP health-checks are now internally based on tcp-checks. Of course all the
configuration parsing of the "http-check" keyword and the httpchk option has
been rewritten. But the main changes is that now, as for tcp-check ruleset, it
is possible to perform several send/expect sequences into the same
health-checks. Thus the connect rule is now also available from HTTP checks, jst
like set-var, unset-var and comment rules.
Because the request defined by the "option httpchk" line is used for the first
request only, it is now possible to set the method, the uri and the version on a
"http-check send" line.
Instead of having 2 independent integers, used as boolean values, to know if the
expect rule is invered and to know if the matching regexp has captures, we know
use a 32-bits bitfield.
All tcp-check rules are now stored in the globla shared list. The ones created
to parse a specific protocol, for instance redis, are already stored in this
list. Now pure tcp-check rules are also stored in it. The ruleset name is
created using the proxy name and its config file and line. tcp-check rules
declared in a defaults section are also stored this way using "defaults" as
proxy name.
For now, all tcp-check ruleset are stored in a list. But it could be a bit slow
to looks for a specific ruleset with a huge number of backends. So, it could be
a good idea to use a tree instead.
It is now possible to specified the healthcheck status to use on success of a
tcp-check rule, if it is the last evaluated rule. The option "ok-status"
supports "L4OK", "L6OK", "L7OK" and "L7OKC" status.
A shared tcp-check ruleset is now created to support agent checks. The following
sequence is used :
tcp-check send "%[var(check.agent_string)] log-format
tcp-check expect custom
The custom function to evaluate the expect rule does the same that it was done
to handle agent response when a custom check was used.
